summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/55762-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/55762-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/55762-0.txt7010
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7010 deletions
diff --git a/old/55762-0.txt b/old/55762-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cf4cfd6..0000000
--- a/old/55762-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7010 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Outpost in the Wilderness: Fort Wayne,
-1706-1828, by Charles Poinsatte
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Outpost in the Wilderness: Fort Wayne, 1706-1828
-
-Author: Charles Poinsatte
-
-Release Date: October 17, 2017 [EBook #55762]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUTPOST IN WILDERNESS: FORT WAYNE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, MFR and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outpost in the Wilderness:
- Fort Wayne,
- 1706-1828
-
-
- by
- Charles Poinsatte
-
- Allen County, Fort Wayne
- Historical Society
- 1976
-
-
-
-
- TABLE OF CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER I
- The French and British Period Page 1
-
-
- CHAPTER II
- The Establishment of Fort Wayne—Government Outpost of Defense,
- Diplomacy, and Trade Page 27
-
-
- CHAPTER III
- The Impending Conflict Page 50
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
- The Siege of Fort Wayne Page 63
-
-
- CHAPTER V
- Evacuation of the Fort and the Increased Indian Trade Page 79
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
- Platting of Fort Wayne and the First Local Government Page 94
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
- The Treaty of 1826 and the Removal of the Indian Agency Page 99
-
-
- APPENDIX
- Bibliography Page 106
- Index Page 111
-
-
-
-
- FOREWORD
-
-
-There was a time when the writer of local history and the academic
-professional were two different people; indeed, one is almost tempted to
-say, they were two different species. Fortunately for both, this is no
-longer true. Many academic historians now recognize local units as the
-fundamental units of historical study, presenting hard data in
-manageable quantities for precise conclusions. Charles R. Poinsatte was
-among the first to recognize this and merge the academic and local
-traditions of historical writing, the one supplying rigor and judgments
-based on cosmopolitan learning, and the other supplying the vividness
-and appeal of the familiar and relevant.
-
-On the academic side, Charles R. Poinsatte got his undergraduate and
-graduate education at the University of Notre Dame in South Bend. Thomas
-T. McAvoy schooled him to precision in judgment and exhaustiveness in
-research. Poinsatte also had the good fortune to study under Aaron I.
-Abell, a student of Arthur Schlesinger, Senior, whose 1933 book, _The
-Rise of the City, 1878-1898_, initiated a new kind of American history.
-Professor Abell first got Poinsatte interested in what is now called
-urban history. In fact, however, Poinsatte’s career embodies still
-another great tradition in American historiography, that of frontier
-history as inspired by Frederick Jackson Turner. _Frontier Outpost_
-describes the _site_ of an urban area to be, but it is not truly urban
-history, as Dr. Poinsatte’s book, _Fort Wayne during the Canal Era,
-1828-1855_ (Indiana Historical Bureau, 1969), was. Thus Dr. Poinsatte
-writes in this book of Fort Wayne as an aspect principally of the
-history of the Old Northwest.
-
-Higher education at Notre Dame, acquaintance with a student of the elder
-Schlesinger, and thoughts spurred by the Turner thesis are only part of
-the story, of course. The area Dr. Poinsatte decided to study was Fort
-Wayne and not Detroit or Chicago or Cincinnati. Here what Nathaniel
-Hawthorne called “a sort of home-feeling with the past” worked its
-magic. Born in Fort Wayne in 1925, Charles Poinsatte was stirred by the
-names he heard as a boy, Little Turtle, Anthony Wayne, and George Rogers
-Clarke. Some family property was part of the old Richardville estate,
-and in his youth he explored an old Indian burial ground there. He has
-never gotten over his fascination with those men, and now he examines
-them with his academic tools.
-
-Dr. Poinsatte has always been able to reconcile seemingly conflicting
-movements in American historical writing. Urban history and frontier
-history, he argues, are in many ways complementary, for frontier
-historians can explain to urban historians why the entities they study
-are located where they are and how they got their start. Likewise, local
-history and history as most often written by academic professionals
-benefit from cross-fertilization. Local history always needs to be
-written from a broad perspective which keeps the local historian from
-claiming unique status for developments which took place in many other
-localities at the same time. Likewise, in-depth studies of certain
-localities provide tests for the larger generalizations of academic
-historians, generalizations that are too often based on unrepresentative
-samplings of evidence from national elites and large cultural and
-political centers like New York and Washington.
-
-Still, one suspects it is the excitement of particular locality’s
-history which accounts for Dr. Poinsatte’s work. It has already taken
-him to England and France in search of the records and documents which
-explain the early history of Fort Wayne. He intends to return to Europe
-next year to explore still another aspect of history suggested by Fort
-Wayne’s story, the lives of French military officers who fought in the
-American Revolution. After that, he might consider a history of Fort
-Wayne in the railroad era, from 1855 (where Dr. Poinsatte’s work on the
-canal era ended) to the Progressive Era. Whatever the course of
-Professor Poinsatte’s future studies, Fort Wayne’s citizens will look
-forward to reading the results. He has already enriched our
-understanding of ourselves beyond measure.
-
- September 4, 1975
- Fort Wayne, Indiana
- Mark E. Neely, Jr.
-
-
-
-
- Preface
-
-
-Early Fort Wayne played an important and definite role in the history of
-the old Northwest. Its unique position as a portage site between the
-Wabash and Maumee rivers made the Wabash route one of the natural
-waterways from the Great Lakes to the Mississippi river and brought
-Indians and fur traders to this spot at an early date. It is most likely
-the oldest continuous site settled by white men in Indiana. During the
-French, British, and American occupation of the region, forts were built
-here as outposts of defense in the Indian country. Its strategic
-importance was recognized in all the plans for military campaigns in the
-area between the Great Lakes and the Ohio river for almost a century.
-Here was located at a later date an important government Indian agency,
-and to the town on certain days of the year flocked hundreds of Indian
-traders. Fort Wayne was also situated in the heart of the rich
-Maumee-Wabash fur producing region.
-
-While giving a comprehensive background of the French and British
-occupation of the site of Fort Wayne, I have stressed its importance in
-the early days of American settlement. The gradual decline of the fur
-trade, followed by the removal of the Indian agency in 1828 and the
-opening of the area to white settlement by the Indian treaties of that
-decade, all combined to usher in a new era in the history of Fort Wayne.
-By the 1830’s the people of Fort Wayne were feverishly making plans for
-the Wabash and Erie canal. This opened a new period in Fort Wayne’s
-history which has been studied in my previous work.[1] Since then the
-development of the city has been consistent and substantial.
-
-From the modern growing city it is a far cry back to the time of the
-Miami Indians and the old fort in the wilderness with its little
-garrison of men puzzled at times, no doubt, to understand their choice
-of a life of loneliness in an environment which gave little opportunity
-for the refinements of life. The people of today are none too thoughtful
-of their obligation to the pioneer soldier, trader and settler. It is my
-hope that in addition to contributing to the annals of the Old
-Northwest, this work may create a deeper appreciation of these early
-builders. At the same time it has been my desire to treat all these
-people objectively rather than in the fictitious way of the
-sentimentalist.
-
-Previous histories dealing with the early history of Fort Wayne, while
-furnishing valuable material, have either been incomplete or inaccurate,
-chiefly because many primary sources were not available to the writers
-or were not known to exist. I have made extensive use of primary
-material found in the Burton Collection at Detroit, the Chicago
-Historical Library, and the Fort Wayne Public Library as well as in the
-British Museum and the Public Records Office in London and the _Archives
-des Colonies_ in Paris. Part of the European research was made possible
-by a summer grant from St. Mary’s College, Notre Dame, Indiana.
-
-Acknowledgments are due to many individuals who have so kindly given
-assistance, especially to the staffs of the various archives and
-libraries which I have used in Chicago, Detroit, Paris, and London. Mr.
-Albert Diserens, chief of the Indiana collection of the Fort Wayne
-Public Library, aided me in every way. A special debt is due to the
-officers and members of the Allen County-Fort Wayne Historical Society
-and in particular Mr. Fred Reynolds who assisted immeasurably in
-arranging for the publication of this work. To the late Reverend Thomas
-T. McAvoy of the University of Notre Dame I owe deep gratitude for first
-encouraging me to study the history of my hometown.
-
-While almost all early American cities which originated as military
-outposts later changed their names—Cincinnati (Fort Washington). Chicago
-(Fort Dearborn)—or simply dropped “fort” from their titles—Defiance,
-Ohio—for some reason the citizens of Fort Wayne never followed this
-common practice. The old “Fort Wayne” fell into ruins, but the name
-survives. Undoubtedly few individuals have even wondered why, but I
-believe, or would like to believe, that somehow the later citizens of
-Fort Wayne wanted to retain an identity with the past—a past that is
-worth knowing and remembering. It is to these citizens—past and present
-and to my own family that I dedicate this book.
-
-
-[1]_Fort Wayne during the Canal Era._
-
-
-
-
- Chapter I
- The French and British Period
-
-
-To know the history of any town is to know the significance of its
-geographical position. This is particularly true of the early history of
-Fort Wayne (Known to the Indians as Kiskakon or Kekionga[1] and to the
-French and English as Fort Miami). Therefore, it is necessary to explain
-the significance of the site of Fort Wayne in an era of exploration and
-trade when wilderness was king and waterways were the arteries of
-communication. The story of Fort Wayne begins as the history of the
-Maumee-Wabash portage. Located at the confluence of rivers, St. Joseph
-and St. Mary’s, which together form the Maumee or Miami of Lake Erie,
-Fort Wayne is situated at the northeast starting point of the seven mile
-portage to the Little River, (see map on page 2) Twenty-two miles
-southwest of Fort Wayne, the Little River joins the Wabash, which, in
-turn, empties into the Ohio and then into the Mississippi. The
-Maumee-Wabash portage was from the early seventeenth century until the
-mid-nineteenth century a vital overland link that tied together the
-great waterway systems of the St. Lawrence and Mississippi. In other
-respects the site of Fort Wayne was at the “crossroads”. From this point
-the traveler could journey northeast up the St. Joseph river into the
-present state of Michigan, or turn southeast up the St. Mary’s river
-into the central portion of the present state of Ohio. This, then, is
-the significance of the words of Little Turtle, the great Miami chief,
-who once called the site of Fort Wayne, “that glorious gate ... through
-which all the good words of our chiefs had to pass from the north to the
-south, and from the east to the west.”[2]
-
- [Illustration: Map]
-
-Of the five great portage routes used by the French,[3] the
-Maumee-Wabash was the last to be exploited, for, unlike the more
-northern routes, it was along the line of “most resistance”. The
-Iroquois warfare in this region and as far west as the Illinois country
-made it virtually impossible for the French to use the routes extending
-through southern Lake Erie. With the establishment of the French posts
-along the lower Mississippi, however, the Maumee-Wabash portage gained
-importance, as it proved to be the shortest route connecting the
-settlements of New France (Canada) and Louisiana. The first white man to
-use this portage may have been some unknown French “coureur de bois”,
-pursuing his lawless life of adventure and fur-trading. There is some
-claim that LaSalle used the Maumee-Wabash portage in his explorations of
-1670 or later, but it is based, for the most part, on conjecture and is
-still open to various interpretations.[4] In any event, LaSalle’s
-description of the territory between Lake Erie and Lake Michigan
-indicates a familiarity with the region, and it was he who first
-directed the attention of the French to this portage by pointing out the
-way to shorten the route to the lower Ohio river.[5] Whatever LaSalle’s
-plans were for opening up this easy channel of communications[6] they
-had to be abandoned because of the failure of the French to appease the
-Iroquois. This powerful confederacy had all but annihilated the Erie
-Indians earlier in the century and were now pressing their attacks upon
-the western tribes south of Lake Michigan. Out of fear of the Iroquois
-the area of Indiana was largely abandoned by the Miamis and other
-related tribes. Therefore by the 1670’s, when LaSalle set out to achieve
-his great objective, control of the Mississippi for the French, he found
-it necessary “to go to the Illinois [river] through the lakes Huron and
-Illinois [Lake Michigan] as the other routes which I have discovered by
-the head of Lake Erie and by the southern shore of the same, have become
-too hazardous by frequent encounters with the Iroquois who are always on
-that shore.”[7] That this route had become “too dangerous” is indicated
-by the letter of Jean de Lamberville to Count de Frontenac on Sept. 20,
-1682, in which he expressed his fears that “an Iroquois army, twelve
-hundred strong ... would completely annihilate the Miamis and their
-neighbors the Siskakon [Kiskakon] and Ottawa tribes on the headwaters of
-the Maumee.”[8]
-
-The events which took place near the turn of the eighteenth century
-completely altered the situation for the French in this region.
-Differences between the Fox Indians, located west of Lake Michigan, and
-the French alienated the former entirely. The result was to compel the
-French to seek a more direct line of communication with the Mississippi
-settlements than by the Wisconsin river-Lake Michigan route, and to
-encourage them to promote the trade in the less remote posts. This new
-policy was inaugurated by Cadillac’s plan to establish a post at
-Detroit, which met with the Crown’s approval and was carried out in
-1701. At the same time, the French were able to conclude a temporary
-peace with the Iroquois and to induce the pro-French tribes of Miamis to
-begin migrating eastward and to re-establish themselves at the
-headwaters of the Wabash and Maumee rivers. This migration of the Miamis
-was a gradual process and can be traced from northern Illinois and
-southern Wisconsin around the head of Lake Michigan to their old
-settlements on the Wabash, Maumee, and Miami rivers. The Miamis were
-persuaded to move for a number of reasons—the hostility of the Fox
-Indians, the advantages in trade and protection furnished by their
-proximity to Detroit, and finally the abundance of fur, especially
-beaver, to be found in the area south and southwest of Lake Erie. By
-1712, the Miamis had taken possession of the entire Wabash valley,[9]
-and the country as far eastward as the Big Miami river. Their principal
-village, Kiskakon, was situated where the present city of Fort Wayne now
-stands. Of the northern tribes the Miami confederacy was second only to
-that of the Iroquois. Father Marquette paid them high tribute, while
-LaSalle described them as “the most civilized of all nations of
-Indians—neat of dress, splendid of bearing, haughty of manner, holding
-all other tribes as inferiors.”[10]
-
-Other tribes came to the Ohio valley about the same time. The Wyandots
-established themselves along the southern shore of Lake Erie about 1701.
-The Shawnee, a southern tribe, settled principally in the lower Scioto
-valley around 1730, while the Delaware were to be found in the Muskingum
-valley by 1750. A small group of Ottawas were located on the Auglaize
-river, a tributary of the Maumee, about fifty miles northeast of
-Kiskakon. The importance of this small tribe rests in their famous
-chief, Pontiac, and his “conspiracy” against the English in 1763.
-Altogether these tribes numbered about 15,000 people. For the most part,
-they were friends of the French, although at times they expressed
-discontent.
-
-Grasping the new importance of the Maumee-Wabash trade route after 1712,
-the officials of New France were quick to suggest to the crown the
-construction of a chain of posts from the head of the Maumee to the
-mouth of the Wabash in order to protect this increasingly vital line of
-communication between Canada and Louisiana, and, equally, important, to
-counteract the English ever pressing closer to the Indians in the upper
-Ohio valley.[11] The idea was not new, as LaSalle had suggested such a
-policy to the home government previously, but the time was now ripe.
-Economic reasons for establishing these posts were not lacking. Fear of
-the English meant fear of their participation in the fur trade, which
-was exceedingly valuable in this area. Wild life had increased
-abundantly during the years of Iroquois warfare when the region was
-practically uninhabited. A French memorialist, writing at this time,
-pointed out that the New York traders, through the medium of the
-Iroquois agents, secured between 80,000 and 100,000 beaver skins
-annually from the area south and southwest of Lake Erie.[12] This almost
-equalled the amount taken annually from the whole of the land north of
-the Great Lakes. Cadillac, the founder of Detroit, reported in 1707 that
-the Maumee valley was “the finest land under heaven—fishing and hunting
-are most abundant there.”[13]
-
-The revitalized village of Kiskakon became the location of one of the
-earliest posts established in the French chain along the Maumee-Wabash
-route, and was known as Post or Fort Miami. The exact year of the
-founding of Port Miami by the French is uncertain. Although some writers
-believe the post was established as early as 1680 or 1686,[14] there is
-no evidence to support such suppositions. Some confusion seems to arise
-from a misinterpretation of those French colonial documents which refer
-to the Fort Miami built by LaSalle at the mouth of the St. Joseph river
-of Lake Michigan, and not, as these writers believed, to the Fort Miami
-at the headwaters of the Maumee. A careful reading of these documents is
-necessary in each instance to determine which Fort Miami is meant. About
-the same time that the eastward migration of the Miamis began 1697 Jean
-Baptiste Bissot, Sieur de Vincennes, was appointed attache to the
-Miamis.[15] At first he was obviously at the Miami fort on the
-southeastern shore of Lake Michigan, although, as the Miami village,
-Kiskakon, grew in importance, Vincennes found it increasingly necessary
-to visit the Miami village from 1702 to 1719. It is possible that in
-1706 he built a small post primarily for trading purposes at
-Kiskakon.[16] By 1715 a new element, the English fur trader had entered
-the picture and Vincennes, as well as the French colonial government,
-was convinced that it was no longer feasible to encourage the Indians to
-migrate eastward. From Kiskakon, Vincennes reported to the royal
-officials that the English of Carolina were having recourse to every
-sort of expedient to persuade the Miamis to join them against the
-French.[17] The increased English efforts to gain footholds in the
-Wabash and Maumee valleys, determined Vincennes upon a course of action
-approved by the Marques de Vaudreuil, governor of Canada. Vincennes’
-plan called for the removal of the Miamis at the headwaters of the
-Maumee to a new center on the St. Joseph river of Lake Michigan, near
-the present city of South Bend.[18] It is possible that the plan might
-have succeeded as Vincennes was “much loved” by the Miamis; however,
-with his death at Kiskakon in 1719, the Miamis “resolved not to move to
-the River St. Joseph, [but] to remain where they are”.[19] The Miamis
-preserved for a long time the memory of Vincennes. Thirty years after
-his death, Celeron de Bienville, while urging a group of Miamis to
-return to Kiskakon, used the name of Vincennes to work upon their minds,
-speaking of him as the one “whom you loved so much and who always
-governed you, so that your affairs were prosperous.”[20]
-
-On hearing of the Miamis’ decision, Governor de Vaudreuil resolved, with
-the approval of the Council of Marine, to establish a strong post at the
-headwaters of the Maumee. For this purpose he sent Captain Dubuisson,
-the former commander at Detroit, who had already achieved success on one
-occasion with the Miamis, to build the fortifications.[21] Finished in
-May, 1722, the fort was located on the right bank of the St. Mary’s at a
-latitude later given by Father Joseph Pierre de Bonnecamps (professor of
-hydrography at the Jesuit college of Quebec who visited Fort Miami in
-1749) as 41 degrees, 29 minutes. Other information Father de Bonnecamps
-gives indicates that the fort was about one-half mile down the river
-from the Maumee-Wabash portage road.[22] Writing the Council of Marine
-on October 24, 1722, de Vaudreuil stated:
-
- The log fort Fort Miami which he Dubuisson had build is the finest in
- the upper country. It is a strong fort and safe from insult from the
- savages. This post which is of considerable worth ought to have a
- missionary. One could be sent there in 1724 if next year the council
- will send the four Jesuits which I ask.[23]
-
-It is unlikely that the priest requested was ever stationed at Fort
-Miami, as there is no indication from the _Jesuit Relations_ or other
-sources of one being here, although it is possible that some
-missionaries visited this spot on occasion.
-
-Fort Miami proved of value to the French for various reasons. After its
-construction, it soon became a military post of consequence, with a
-garrison of twenty to thirty men.[24] It was the policy of the French to
-locate their garrisons and trading posts wherever there existed a
-sufficiently large village of friendly Indians or wherever the strategic
-importance of a place itself made it necessary to erect a fort. Fort
-Miami combined both of these advantages. Once the Miamis determined to
-remain at Kiskakon, they would benefit the French not only by their fur
-trade but would be a means of protection against hostile tribes and the
-English. The strategic position for a fort at the Maumee-Wabash portage
-was recognized even by the English as early as 1717.[25] Pouchet, a
-French historian, writing shortly after the French and Indian War was of
-the opinion that the French would have been wiser to have strengthened
-their fortifications in the Miami region than establish their line of
-defense in the upper Ohio.[26]
-
-Perhaps Fort Miami’s greatest importance was as a center of French
-activity among the Indians. Being at the principal village of the Miami
-confederacy, this outpost was used as a counter-balance to the English
-intrigue from New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and the Carolinas. It is
-to be noted that Dubuisson was sent to Kiskakon “to counteract the
-effect of all those Belts it [the Miami nation] was but too frequently
-receiving and which, as they caused eight or ten Miami canoes to go this
-year to trade at Orange, might finally induce all that nation to follow
-their example.”[27]
-
-In 1734, the Sieur de Noyelles was entrusted with the task of gathering
-the scattered Miamis in their village, where they would be protected
-from English intrigue. In this affair he was seconded by the Sieur
-Darnaud who was in command at Fort Miami.[28] The French had good reason
-to fear the English trader, who had strong economic advantages. The
-goods furnished by the English in exchange for the furs of the Indians
-were produced more cheaply than the French items. Also British virtual
-control of the sea trade meant these goods were transported for less.
-Finally rum one of the principal factors in the English trade was
-produced in the colonies, while the French traders had to import brandy
-from the mother country. As early as 1716, de Vandreuil reported to the
-Council of Marine that the Iroquois were sending belts to the Miamis and
-Ouiatenons, an allied tribe on the Wabash, to induce them to seek the
-necessities of life at the English post on the “Oyo river”. Here the
-Indians were offered merchandise “a half cheaper than among the
-French.”[29] The following year the king replied through the Council
-that he was well pleased to learn that M. de Vincennes, apparently at
-Kiskakon, had prevented the Miamis and Ouiatenons from accepting the
-belts of the English. His majesty hoped that the sending of scarlet
-cloth would turn the savages away from the English trade.[30]
-
-Other accounts show the wide-spread influence the French maintained from
-Fort Miami. There were considerable outlays for the savages in food,
-merchandise, and the repairing of arms. From here important chiefs were
-sent to conferences in Detroit and Montreal, with interpreters and
-guides and all expenses paid. One Miami chief, Cold Foot, was paid
-handsomely for his loyalty in putting an end to a hostile movement.[31]
-The expenses for messengers were especially numerous during the year’s
-1748-1749, when English influence was particularly active. Between
-December 25, 1747, and July 25, 1748, 1,894 livres were spent at Fort
-Miami for presents for the Indians.[32] The high expenditures at Fort
-Miami of those years, of which we have records, gives some indication of
-the value the French ascribed to the post at the Maumee headwaters. Some
-years the annual expenses for the Indians at Fort Miami almost equalled
-those of Detroit.[33]
-
-Fort Miami had its economic “raison d’etre” as the center of the
-thriving fur trade of the surrounding region. The furs were brought
-westward from the northwestern and central parts of the present state of
-Ohio, as well as northward from the Wabash valley, and eastward from the
-Illinois country. In his “Memoir of 1757”, Bougainville points out that
-the Miami post, like many of the French posts, was one “removed from
-free commerce”.[34] That is, Fort Miami was leased for a period of three
-years to the commandant or “farmer” who secured exclusive rights to the
-fur trade. The price of the lease was twelve hundred livres per year.
-Moreover the farmer was charged with the cost of the presents to the
-savages as well as the wages of the interpreters. There were
-extraordinary expenses, however, that the government paid. For instance,
-Sieur Charly, the farmer at Post Miami in 1747, collected 2,007 livres
-for the use of twenty-four horses by a party of Indians being led to
-Detroit for conferences.[34a] These expense accounts had to be approved
-by the governor and the “intendant”, the financial representative of the
-crown, who oftentimes scaled the figures down as they saw fit. An
-example of a most drastic reduction is found in the case of a bill of
-Sieur Charly for December, 1744. In this instance, Hocquart, the royal
-intendant moderated the bill from 1,491 livres to 100 livres.[35]
-
-In an ordinary year there issued from Fort Miami 250 to 300 packages of
-furs. These furs were shipped by way of Detroit to Montreal, as Fort
-Miami by its geographical position belonged politically and economically
-within the colony of New France rather than Louisiana. Nevertheless, by
-its proximity to the Wabash there was frequent communication and trade
-with the Louisiana settlements, particularly Vincennes and those of the
-Illinois country. For example, in 1749, 200 livres were paid at Fort
-Miami to Jean Baptiste Riddey de Bosseron, “voyageur” who had just
-returned from the Illinois country.[36] Grain and livestock were sent to
-Fort Miami from the French settlements along the lower Wabash and Ohio
-rivers. For this reason the price of corn, flour, and beef was generally
-lower at Fort Miami than at Detroit and the northern posts such as
-Michilimackinac.[37]
-
-The Maumee-Wabash portage became the scene of increased activity as the
-French and English rivalry in the upper Ohio country grew more tense
-during the decade preceding 1756. From the year 1719 when ten canoes of
-Miami Indians passed down the Maumee on their way to Albany, New York,
-with furs and returned with firearms, ammunition, and trinkets, the
-English endeavored to bring the Miamis under their influence. During the
-1740’s, there was a notable expansion of English trade with the Indians
-of this region. Twice—in 1739 and again in 1744—the French commander of
-Detroit, M. de Longueuil, led strong expeditions along the Maumee-Wabash
-against British traders on the White river near the center of the
-present state of Indiana. While he succeeded in his immediate objective,
-this display of military power no longer held the Indians in check. In
-1747, the Wyandot chief, Sanosket, also known as Nicolas, under the
-influence of the English led an uprising against the French. The Miamis
-at Kiskakon believing that Detroit had been captured, set fire to Fort
-Miami and captured the eight men within the stockade at the time.[38]
-The temporary commander, Ensign Douville, was at Detroit when the
-Indians committed the pillage. He had been sent to the Miamis in order
-to invite them to a conference at Montreal, and two of their chiefs,
-Cold Foot and Porc Epic had accompanied him as far as Detroit when they
-received the news that the post had been taken.[39] Douville journeyed
-on to Montreal alone, while Ensign Dubuisson hastened to Kiskakon with
-the two chiefs and a force of some sixty men, “with a view to deprive
-the enemy [the British] of the liberty of seizing a post of considerable
-importance.”[40] Dubuisson found the fort and buildings only partially
-destroyed, but he was able to do little more than hold his position,
-without attempting to repair the place.
-
-In the spring of 1748, Dubuisson returned to Detroit leaving Captain
-Charles DeRaymond in charge of the post, which Father de Bonnecamps,
-arriving the next year, described as being “in a very bad
-condition”.[41] DeRaymond was probably the most colorful figure to
-command Fort Miami during the French period. He had been one of the
-chief proponents of the policy of destroying the English influence in
-the Ohio, as he saw the danger of tolerating the English traders in the
-Miami region. In a memoir he presented in 1745 he gives one of the best
-analyses of the whole Ohio question from the French point of view.[42]
-Writing from Fort Miami in 1747 to the crown, he pointed out that had
-the growth of English influence been checked immediately, the uprising
-under Nicolas could never have occurred.[43] Now in command of a
-partially ruined fort, DeRaymond had good reason to fear further
-trouble. Although the Miamis had given assurances of loyalty after the
-arrival of Dubuisson, most of them under the leadership of a Miami
-chief, “La Demoiselle” (so termed because of his fondness for dress and
-ornaments) had moved to Pickawillany, an English trading post on
-Loramie’s Creek at the start of the portage to the St. Mary’s river,
-northwest of the present town of Piqua, Ohio.
-
-The French, determined to make a strong impression on the savages of the
-Ohio country, and to find out the true conditions existing there, sent
-the veteran officer, Pierre Joseph Celoron Celoron, Sieur de Bienville,
-with a force of 230 men down to the Great Miami river. Journeying up the
-later river to its headwaters, Celoron stopped at the village of “La
-Demoiselle” and urged the Miamis to return to Kiskakon. Celoron was
-disappointed bitterly when the wily “La Demoiselle” would merely promise
-to return to Kiskakon sometime in the future. Crossing the portage to
-the St. Mary’s, Celoron’s expedition continued up that river to Fort
-Miami. Here they stopped only long enough to buy provisions and canoes
-to continue to Detroit.[44] Celoron and Father de Bonnecamps, the
-chaplain and hydrographer of the expedition, found the energetic
-DeRaymond dissatisfied with his “decaying” fort. Moreover, he “did not
-approve the situation of the fort and maintained that it should be
-placed on the bank of the St. Joseph, a scant league from the present
-site.”[45] DeRaymond wished to show them the spot that he had selected
-for the new fort and obtain their opinion of it, but Celoron was in
-haste to depart. DeRaymond received some consolation from the fact that
-Father de Bonnecamps, an expert, could trace a plan for the proposed
-fort.[46]
-
-Early in the year 1750, DeRaymond completed the new fort on the left
-bank of the St. Joseph. It stood on rather high ground (at the present
-St. Joe Boulevard and Delaware Avenue), less than a mile from the
-junction of the St. Joseph and St. Mary’s.[47] Chief Cold Foot, a
-staunch friend of the French, occupied the discarded buildings of the
-old fort, which became the center of an Indian settlement known as Cold
-Foot Village. Half a mile to the south of the new fort, where the Maumee
-turns in its course toward the east, lay the village of Kiskakon. Most
-of its inhabitants had joined the English at Pickawillany. Writing to
-Governor LaJonquiere in September, 1749, DeRaymond reported that the
-attitude of all the nations was very bad and apparently was becoming
-worse.[48] Again in 1751, he reported:
-
- My people [the French traders] are leaving me for Detroit. Nobody
- wants to stay here and have his throat cut. All of the tribes who go
- to the English at Pickawillany come back loaded with gifts. I am too
- weak to meet the danger. Instead of twenty men, I need five
- hundred.... The tribes here are leaguing together to kill all the
- French.... This I am told by Cold Foot, a great Miami chief, whom I
- think an honest man.... If the English stay in this country, we are
- lost. We must attack and drive them out.[49]
-
-To add to the distress of the French, a smallpox epidemic in the winter
-of 1751, carried away many of the inhabitants of Cold Foot’s Village,
-including their good friend, Cold Foot, and his son.[50]
-
-That not all of the French traders at Fort Miami were scurrying to
-Detroit is evident from the fact that in the year 1750 one of the most
-noted traders of the area, Joseph Drouet de Richerville, came to
-Kiskakon.[51] Richerville was a scion of French nobility who either was
-seeking a life of adventure or was engaged in the fur trade for the mere
-sake of a livelihood, as the family wealth had dwindled. Shortly after
-his arrival, Richerville married Tahcumwah, the daughter of the reigning
-Miami chief, Aquenochqua, and sister of the future chief, Little Turtle.
-Tahcumwah was later known as Marie Louisa,[52] apparently the name she
-received in baptism. All who came in contact with her at a later date
-speak of her as a clever and intelligent woman, and it was largely
-through her efforts that her son, Jean Baptiste de Richerville, arose to
-such high prominence as the last civil chief of the Miamis.[53]
-
-The arrival of Joseph Drouet de Richerville at Fort Miami was an
-isolated case, however, and what DeRaymond had said of the traders
-leaving for Detroit remained true. In all likelihood, DeRaymond, despite
-his zeal, was glad to be relieved in 1751 by a new commandant, Neyon De
-Villiers. De Villiers had hardly assumed command when an English trader,
-John Pathin, was captured within the fort itself. As France and England
-were then at peace, Governor George Clinton of New York demanded an
-explanation of the incident. The French governor, the Marquis de la
-Jonquiere, replied sharply:
-
- The English, far from confining themselves within the limits of the
- King of Great Britain’s possessions, not satisfied with multiplying
- themselves more and more on Rock River ... have more than that
- proceeded within sight of Detroit, even unto the fort of the
- Miamis.... John Pathin, an inhabitant of Willensten, has been arrested
- in the French fort of the Miamis by M. de Villiers, commandant of that
- post ... he entered the fort of the Miamis to persuade the Indians who
- remained there, to unite with those who have fled to the beautiful
- river [the Ohio.] He has been taken in the French fort. Nothing more
- is necessary.[54]
-
-A short time later, two men of de Villiers’ garrison were scalped by “La
-Demoiselle’s savages.” Indeed the English seem to have laid claim to the
-very fort itself, for on Mitchell’s “Map of North America”, drawn in
-1755, Fort Miami is referred to as “the Fort usurped by the French”.[55]
-
-In June, 1752, a French and Indian force, coming by way of the Maumee
-and St. Mary’s rivers, fell on Pickawillany, completely destroying the
-English post, so annoying to the French at Fort Miami. Four years later,
-during the French and Indian War, Lieutenant Bellestre, the commandant
-of Fort Miami, led a party of 25 French and 205 Indians from his post to
-the head of the James River, where they captured a blockhouse and some
-ten Virginia “Rangers”. After his release, one of the captives, Major
-Smith, proposed to lead a force of 1,000 woodsmen and a sufficient
-number of Indians across the Ohio and over the Shawnee trail from old
-Pickawillany to Fort Miami and then on to Detroit.[56] Although nothing
-came of Major Smith’s plans, the site of the future Fort Wayne was to
-figure prominently in all the military campaigns north of the Ohio river
-for the next half century, that is throughout the dramatic events marked
-by Pontiac’s conspiracy, the American Revolution, the Indian wars, and
-the War of 1812.
-
-When de Vaudreuil, governor of Canada, capitulated at Montreal in 1760,
-he issued orders for the surrender of the posts—Michilimackinac,
-Detroit, Green Bay, St. Joseph, Ouiatenon, and Miami—as dependencies of
-Canada.[57] On November 29, 1760, Detroit was surrendered to Major
-Robert Rogers in command of the “Rangers”. Eight days later, Lieutenant
-John Butler with a detachment of twenty men set out from Detroit to
-receive the formal transfer of Fort Miami from the French commander,
-thus bringing to an end French rule at the headwaters of the Maumee.[58]
-
-Although of strategic importance, Fort Miami never became more than a
-military outpost and trading center during the French period of
-occupation. Father de Bonnecamps wrote in 1749 of the French village in
-and around the fort, “The French there number twenty-two; all of them
-... had the fever ... There were eight houses, or to speak more
-correctly, eight miserable huts which only the desire of making money
-render endurable.”[59] “The desire of making money” is of course a
-reference to the fur trade, the only occupation, outside of the
-military, of those French living there. The large Indian villages
-surrounding the fort naturally brought the trader and soldier, but, at
-the same time, this uncertain element of Indian friendship probably
-excluded any sizable French settlement. Whatever the reasons we must
-conclude that, unlike Vincennes, Fort Miami did not attract any type of
-French settler, outside of those connected with the fur trade.
-
-Lieutenant Butler of the “Rangers” had been chosen by Col. Henry Bouquot
-to receive the surrender of Fort Miami since he could speak French and
-seemed “very intelligent”. He had orders to hold the post, as it was of
-great importance to Detroit and being at the “carrying place of nine
-miles into the waters of the Ouabache Wabash ... it would prevent a
-surprise in the Spring.”[60] Lieutenant Butler found the savages
-destitute and sent a French trader to Fort Pitt for the necessary
-supplies.[61] In the spring, Butler was relieved by Ensign Robert
-Holmes, who was destined to become one of the first victims of the
-Indian uprising of 1763, known as “Pontiac’s conspiracy”. Ironically,
-Holmes was also one of the first to learn of the impending danger and
-passed the information on to Major Gladwyn, the English commander at
-Detroit, adding, however, “this affair is very timely stopt”.[62] A
-month later he allowed himself to be lured from the fort by a false
-request on the part of his Indian mistress to aid a sick Miami woman.
-Holmes was instantly killed by the savages concealed nearby, and the
-small garrison surrendered upon the demand of Jacques Godefroy and Money
-Chene, two Frenchmen who were implicated with the Miamis in the scheme.
-Godefroy, after leading another successful attack on Ouiatenon,
-journeyed to Sandusky where he fell into the hands of Colonel
-Brandstreet who had arrived from Niagara with a large force to quell the
-uprising. Godefroy had been a prominent citizen of Detroit and had taken
-the oath of allegiance to the British crown; consequently, he expected
-death at the hands of the British. Instead he was given his freedom on
-condition that he would guide and protect an English officer, Captain
-Thomas Morris, who was being sent to the Illinois Indians by way of the
-Maumee. Captain Morris, was a man of culture and literary tendencies.
-Being such, he kept an excellent diary of experiences, which he was
-later persuaded to publish.[63]
-
-Almost any man would have failed in an attempt to go through hundreds of
-miles of hostile Indian country, and Captain Morris was no exception.
-Having journeyed up the Maumee as far as Kiskakon, Morris met such a
-dangerous reception at this place that he was forced to turn back. In
-fact he was fortunate to escape with his life, as the Indians intended
-to burn him at the stake, and he was saved by the intercession of
-Godefroy and the young chief Pecanne. Morris was also befriended within
-the fort by two French traders, Capucin and L’Esperance and a Jewish
-trader, Levi. L’Esperance concealed the English officer within his house
-until it was safe for him to leave. Captain Morris, despite the
-ill-treatment by the Indians, clearly saw the reason for their
-dissatisfaction. He observed that the French policy, or custom, of
-intermarriage with the Indians had been more beneficial than that of
-English, as the Indians felt that they and the French were one people.
-Moreover, he noted that the French prohibited, “the sale of spiritous
-liquors to Indians under pain of not receiving absolution; none but a
-bishop [could] absolve a person guilty of it.” He went on to point out,
-“This prevented many mischiefs too frequent among the unfortunate tribes
-of savages who are fallen to our lot.”[64]
-
-The failure of Captain Morris to get past Kiskakon, demonstrated beyond
-doubt that as long as the Indians at this spot were unfriendly, they
-could prevent any intercourse with those tribes to the south and
-southwest. Consequently, Colonel George Croghan, a famous English trader
-in the Ohio valley, was sent to the Maumee-Wabash area to pacify the
-tribes. Croghan was received with a display of enthusiasm by the Indians
-at Kiskakon, who hoisted an English flag he had given them at Fort Pitt.
-Croghan reported as follows:
-
- The Twightwee village [the English called the Miamis “twightwees”] is
- situated on both sides of a river called St. Joseph. This river where
- it falls into the Miami [Maumee] river about a quarter of a mile from
- this place is one hundred yards wide, on the east side of which stands
- a stockade fort, somewhat ruinous. The Indian village consists of
- about forty or fifty cabins, besides nine or ten French houses, a
- runaway colony from Detroit during the late Indian war; they were
- concerned in it, and being afraid of punishment came to this post,
- where ever since they have spirited up the Indians against the
- English. All the French residing here are a lazy indolent people, fond
- of breeding mischief ... and should by no means be suffered to remain
- here.... The country is pleasant, the soil rich and well watered.[65]
-
-Croghan’s judgment of the French at Kiskakon seems rather harsh,
-although his opinion of the French at Vincennes is no better. Apparently
-in the eyes of the austere English and colonists, the more carefree life
-of the French “habitants” of the western posts seemed to be an
-indication of indolence on the latter’s part.[66] Furthermore, it is
-difficult to explain why the same French people who had saved the life
-of Captain Morris in the previous year would now be “spiriting up” the
-Indians against the English, especially since Pontiac’s plans had
-collapsed. On the other hand, it was not to be expected that these
-French people would immediately cast aside all hostility toward their
-recent enemies. By 1765, it is likely that these French traders, weary
-of the warfare that had ruined their business, were ready to assume a
-neutral attitude, while the Indians themselves grudgingly came to terms
-with the English.
-
-From the day Fort Miami fell to Pontiac’s Miami allies in 1763 until
-General Anthony Wayne built the American fort on the side of the modern
-city of Fort Wayne in 1794, there was no permanent[67] garrison
-stationed at the headwaters of the Maumee. Over this period of
-thirty-one years—during which time the American nation came into
-being—the region of which we speak gradually became the rendezvous of a
-defiant mixture of Indian warriors and lawless renegades of the
-frontier, such as the Girties. It was also the home of a heterogeneous
-population of English and French traders and their families, French
-“engages”, and Miami, Delaware, and Shawnee tribes. In 1790, General
-Harmar’s men counted seven distinct villages in the immediate area. All
-together, they formed a considerable settlement or settlements, known
-near the end of the Revolution as the Miami Towns, the Miami Villages,
-or simply, Miamitown. In a sense such a place was the forerunner of the
-lawless frontier towns of the next century.
-
-In 1772, Sir William Johnson, in charge of Indian affairs in America,
-pointed out to the British government the advisability of reoccupying
-and strengthening the Miami post, as it was “a place of some
-importance”.[68] Since the Indians were pacified, the home government
-for the sake of economy, did not see fit to carry out his suggestion at
-the time. A memorandum of the same year speaks of the “fort being
-inhabited by Eight or Ten French families”.[69] A census, apparently
-taken in 1769 by the English, lists the names of nine French families
-living at Fort Miami.[70] These French residents were nearly all
-traders, though some of them had been located here for many years. By
-1772, most of them were willing to accept the friendship of their former
-foes, the English—primarily for mercenary reasons. British policy kept
-the colonists from occupying the land north of the Ohio, which meant the
-preservation of the Indian fur trade. Moreover practically all their
-furs were sold through the London market. Thus, with the outbreak of the
-American Revolution, the French traders at Fort Miami felt they had more
-to lose by being friendly with the American cause than their neighbors,
-the French inhabitants of Vincennes and the Illinois settlements who
-were primarily interested in farming.[71]
-
-With the outbreak of the Revolution, British troops could not be spared
-for the post at Miamitown, but it was placed under strict supervision by
-Lieutenant-Governor Henry Hamilton at Detroit. Hamilton appointed
-Jacques Lasselle, an officer in the Canadian militia, to the
-super-intendency of this post as an agent of Indian affairs. Lasselle
-arrived with his family in 1776 from Montreal.[72] His duties were to
-see that the Indians maintained their active friendship for the British
-cause and to check the passports of all persons going from Detroit to
-the Wabash and lower Ohio.[73] None but those holding a license issued
-by the British authorities were permitted to engage in trade.
-
-The year that brought Lasselle to Miamitown gave also to the region
-Peter LaFontaine and Charles (John?) Beaubien from Detroit.[74] Both
-settled in the Spy Run area of modern Fort Wayne. In his marriage with a
-Miami woman and the identification of his interests with those of the
-Indians, LaFontaine declared his loyalty to the red men. LaFontaine’s
-grandson, Francis LaFontaine, was the last chief of the Miamis to hold
-any real authority over the tribe. To Charles Beaubien there attaches
-greater interest. He was very active in the English cause and was a
-favorite of both Hamilton and Major Arent S. DePeyster, who succeeded
-Hamilton as Lieutenant-Governor of Detroit. From Miamitown, Beaubien,
-with a young Frenchman named Lorimer and a band of some eighty Indians,
-made a raid into Kentucky, where they captured an American party under
-Daniel Boone at Blue Licks in 1778. In the same year he served as a
-scout for Hamilton’s army, preceding it to Vincennes. DePeyster, in
-1780, proposed to recall all the traders, but Beaubien, from Miamitown.
-Because of his pro-British activities, Beaubien was cordially hated by
-the people of Vincennes, who “wish[ed] to hang” him.[75]
-
-On September, 26, 1778, Hamilton received from Beaubien at Miamitown the
-first news that Colonel George Rogers Clark and his Virginians had taken
-Vincennes.[76] Hamilton prepared for his ill-fated expedition to
-Vincennes by ordering the militia to prepare the Maumee-Wabash portage
-route and strengthen the defenses at Miamitown. Supplies, valued at
-$50,000, were left there to be sent to Vincennes later. Concerning the
-portage, Hamilton wrote:
-
- The waters were so uncommonly low that we should not have been able to
- have passed but that at the distance of four miles from the landing
- place the beavers had made a dam which kept up the water; these we cut
- through to give passage to our boats.... The beaver are never molested
- at that place by the traders or Aberigines, and soon repair their
- dam.[77]
-
-Clark constantly thought the capture of Detroit to be his ultimate goal
-in the northwest campaign. The first step in his proposed expedition was
-to be the reduction of Miamitown; however, he was prevented from making
-any move toward Miamitown and Detroit, as he lacked men and supplies.
-While the subject was still fresh in the minds of the inhabitants along
-the lower Ohio, another individual made his appearance to undertake what
-even the daring Clark considered imprudent. This man was Augustus Mottin
-de LaBalme, a lieutenant-colonel in the French cavalry who had come to
-America to offer his services to the colonies. In July, 1777, he was
-commissioned inspector general of cavalry by Congress, but feeling
-himself slighted in not being placed in command of that division of the
-army, he resigned in October and engaged in private business. Late in
-the spring of 1780, he was sent west to arouse the French in Illinois.
-The antipathy of the Indians and French toward the Virginians hindered
-him a great deal and in order to accomplish his purpose, he abandoned
-the Virginians and promised the French and Indians that royal troops of
-France would soon be on the Mississippi.[78]
-
- [Illustration: Map carried by Colonel LaBalme at the time of his
- death. Courtesy British Library.]
-
-At Vincennes and Kaskaskia he gathered a force to lead against
-Miamitown, with the ultimate objective being Detroit. Four hundred men
-were to have joined him at Ouiatenon, but as these reinforcements did
-not appear, he was obliged to strike at Miamitown on November 3, 1780,
-with but 103 men, before the news of the expedition reached there. The
-initial blow was successful as the traders and Indians were taken by
-surprise and barely had time to flee the village. The Lasselle family
-was forced to escape by way of the Maumee, and in their haste, their
-small daughter was drowned. LaBalme’s men fell to plundering the
-traders’ goods and Indian villages, then retired to Aboite creek, a few
-miles to the southwest. Beaubien and LaFontaine, whose goods had been
-destroyed, incited the Indians to attack LaBalme, as the Indians,
-learning the party was French, were not disposed at first to retaliate.
-The red men, led by their famous war chief, Little Turtle, in his first
-major engagement, completely defeated LaBalme’s force, all but a few
-being either killed or captured. LaBalme himself was killed and his
-personal papers, along with the news of the victory, were sent to
-DePeyster at Detroit. Among these papers was the intelligence LaBalme
-had gathered about Miamitown and its traders. The goods at Beaubiens’
-store, which was “kept by Mr. LaFontaine, and old man” was valued at
-50,000 livres. Another store, kept by Mr. Mouton, a partner of Beaubien,
-was also valued at 50,000 livres. These goods were “equally well
-disposed” to “Mr. Barthelemy [listed in the census of Fort Miami in
-1769], Mr. Rivard, Mr. Lorrance, Mr. Gouin of Detroit, Mr. Lascelle
-[Lasselle?], Mr. Pottevin, Mr. Paillet, Mr. Duplessy, & others ... & an
-American called George, a partner of Israel [possibly the Jew, Levi, who
-aided Captain Morris in 1764].”[79]
-
-DePeyster was thoroughly alarmed upon learning of LaBalme’s expedition,
-and he immediately dispatched the “Rangers” to Miamitown with orders to
-cover the cannon there, until it was possible to send them to
-Detroit.[80] Captain Thompson of the “Rangers” reported to DePeyster on
-March 14, 1781, that he was taking immediate action to alter the old
-fort. A false rumor that the French of Vincennes were heading for
-Miamitown, brought the Indians flocking to their villages. Their spirit
-was very high, and several times they asked Captain Thompson for
-assistance “to go and destroy Post St. Vincent, as it is the only place
-that gives them any uneasiness.”[81] Within a year, however, DePeyster
-reported that the Miamis and other tribes in the area were growing
-fearful of being too closely allied with the British.[82] It is possible
-that they had received some information concerning Cornwallis’ surrender
-at Yorktown.
-
-The treaty of Paris in 1783, which formally brought to an end the
-Revolutionary War, transferred the sovereignty of the land south of the
-Great Lakes to the United States. Actually this transfer made little
-impression on conditions at Miamitown, for, in truth, the Revolution in
-the West closed only with the Jay and Greenville treaties. Great
-Britain, in violation of the treaty of Paris, continued to hold Detroit
-together with other posts along the southern shore of the Lakes. By this
-means they maintained effective control of the fur trade of the
-Northwest, and, thereby, to a great extent, influenced the Indians. Just
-how much the British officials were responsible for the Indian warfare
-from 1783 to 1794 is a debatable question. At times the action of the
-British officials seems to have been a case of the right hand not
-letting the left hand know what it was doing. Most present-day students
-of the subject are inclined to acquit the British government of any
-positive agency in the matter. They point out that the constant warfare
-injured the fur trade of the area which was in a state of decline during
-this period anyway.[83] Nor did the Indians need much encouragement to
-take the warpath, as the ever-increasing tide of immigration coming down
-the Ohio and across the mountains threatened to engulf them. But the
-American settler did not reason this way; to him the English government
-was responsible. Milo Quaife, historian of the Northwest, correctly
-observes:
-
- The present day scholar, possessing sources of information denied to
- contemporaries and entire immunity from the gory scalping knife and
- tomahawk, may consider the subject calmly and philosophically; the
- American borderer’s opinions were based upon the acts of Great
- Britain’s agents in America and the visible facts of the situation on
- the frontier.[84]
-
-A concrete example of the condition of the Indian fur trade and warfare
-during this period and their connection with the British trader and his
-government is given in the history of Miamitown between 1783 and 1794.
-Strong evidence indicates that despite the general decline in the fur
-trade, the region southwest of Detroit, and Miamitown especially, was
-extremely important for the British fur trade. In 1790, the British
-commander at Detroit, Major Smith, wrote to his superiors:
-
- How far the loss of the Miamis Country, to the protection of His
- Majesty, will effect this Post and its trade, is a matter it would be
- presumptive in me to comment on. I think it however my duty to observe
- that it is a considerable mart of Indian Commerce uniting in this
- place.[85]
-
-A month later Dorchester, Governor of Canada, warned the authorities in
-London that the loss of Miamitown to the Americans would bring grave
-hardships to the trade at Detroit.[86] In an earlier document he had
-estimated that 2000 packs of furs were taken yearly from the Miami
-region, bringing an income of some 24,000 pounds sterling. This far
-exceeded any other area south of the Great Lakes, doubling in fact the
-number of packs taken from the next most important area, that from
-Detroit north to Lake Huron.[87]
-
-In the heart of the Indian country, Miamitown was also the principal
-point from which the Indian raiding parties harassed the frontier.
-Twenty-six war parties left Miamitown in a period of six months during
-1786.[88] There is a strong tradition and some evidence to show that a
-secret society of Miami warriors of necessary courage and cunning met at
-stated intervals at Miamitown for the purpose of burning a captive and
-eating his flesh.[89] By its proximity to Detroit, Miamitown remained
-within the British orbit of trade. The merchants at Miamitown formed a
-loose association for their mutual benefit called the “Society of the
-Miamis”.[90] Business was carried on not only with Detroit and other
-English controlled stations, but also with Vincennes and the Illinois
-settlements, until Indian warfare and the animosity of the American
-settlers toward the traders made it virtually impossible to go to the
-lower Wabash.
-
-Low market prices, bad fur seasons, and almost constant warfare by the
-Indians threatened to ruin the fur trade in the years immediately
-following the Revolution. Many of the small companies failed and the
-larger ones had difficulties. David Gray, a prominent trader at
-Miamitown, was advised not to come to Detroit, as his creditor, William
-Robertson, was awaiting Gray’s arrival.[91] The previous year, 1785, the
-same Gray had been requested to aid in collecting a long-standing debt
-from two of his fellow villagers, Rivard and LaBerche.[92] Larimier,
-another trader at Miamitown, failed because he could not meet the claims
-of his creditors.[93] There was constant danger that the British traders
-might lose all the export trade of the region to the Spanish at New
-Orleans. In 1787, the “Society” found it necessary to send “the
-Grandmaster to Vincennes to keep the trade from going to New
-Orleans.”[94] The Indians were also an uncertain quantity and at times
-were hostile even to the traders. Chapeau, a member of the “Society”,
-was killed by the Indians and George Ironside reluctantly told Gray at
-Vincennes to send the goods to New Orleans rather than risk shipping
-them up the Wabash.[95] Gray was repeatedly warned by Ironside to be
-most cautious on his return trip to Miamitown as he was in danger of
-losing his life. It is to the credit of the Miamitown traders that they
-traded only sparingly in liquor with the Indians. Their reasons were not
-altogether altruistic, however, as the price of liquor was exceptionally
-high.
-
-The most candid description of the character of the trade at Miamitown
-has been left to us by Henry Hay, who wrote in his journal of 1790:
-
- ... but few skins comes in, and almost every individual (except the
- engages) is an Indian trader, everyone tries to get what he can either
- by fowle play or otherwise—that is by traducing one another’s
- characters and merchandise. For instance by saying such a one has no
- Blankets another no strowde or is damned bad or he’ll cheat you & so
- on—in short I cannot term it in a better manner than calling it a
- Rascally Scrambling Trade &c &c.[96]
-
-Henry Hay, the writer, was an English trader and partisan who sojourned
-in Miamitown for a period of four months during the winter of 1789-90.
-His day-by-day account, obviously not intended for publication, gives us
-a cross section of life at Miamitown in all its aspects, both civilized
-and savage. Hay seems to have been in the employee of William Robertson,
-the Detroit merchant, although there is good reason to believe that he
-was also employed by Major Murray, the English commander at Detroit. Set
-off against the hard life of a trading post among Indian villages was
-the characteristic vivacity and gaiety of the French atmosphere
-prevalent in the town. The daily routine was by no means dull; drinking,
-dancing, and parties formed a constant round of entertainment in which
-the visitors gladly take part. Hay and John Kinzie (later the founder of
-Chicago) played the flute and fiddle for parties and dances, as well as
-for the ladies alone, and at Mass in the home of one of the oldest
-residents, Barthelemy. Their religion was an intricate part of the lives
-of the French inhabitants. During the four months Hay was at Miamitown,
-Mass was celebrated at Barthelemy’s house by Father Louis Payet, a
-missionary from Detroit. After playing at Mass on one occasion, Hay
-wrote, “The French settlers of this place go to prayers of a Sunday,
-morning and evening, ... the people are collected by the Ringing of
-three cow bells, which three boys runs about thro’ the village, which
-makes as much noise as twenty cows would.”[97]
-
-Miamitown in 1790 had certain refinements not to be expected behind its
-rough exterior. Afternoon coffee and lunch was served in the home of
-Mrs. Adhemar on numerous occasions. Dinners were given in grand style.
-For the parties the men and women dressed in their finest apparel. Mr.
-Adhemar and Mr. DeSeleron made their appearance at a ball wearing very
-fine fur caps, “adorned with a quantity of Black Ostridge Feathers” and
-“Cockades made with white tinsell Ribbon, amasingly large.”[98] Less
-refining was the constant drinking. At different times, Hay and his
-companions became “infernally drunk”, “very drunk”, and “damned drunk”.
-One affair was memorable in that none of the men became drunk, “which is
-mostly the case in this place when they collect together”.[99] Dancing
-was also a favorite pastime, so much so, that after dancing three nights
-in succession, Hay found his feet too swollen to continue. It appeared
-as if dancing was never enjoyed more by anyone than by these French
-“habitants”. It became almost a passion; when they grew weary of the old
-steps, new ones were devised. The almost annual springtime flood seems
-to have been more severe than usual in the year 1790. But not even the
-flood dampened the gaiety, for before the waters had subsided, the
-ladies were taken for a row on the river to be serenaded by the flute
-and fiddle. Not all was fun and frolic, however, as business was
-transacted regularly by the traders.
-
-In strange contrast to the minuet and “dance ronby” were the wild war
-dances of the Indians across the river in celebration of a victorious
-raid on the American settlements.[100] From the French village situated
-on the St. Joseph river where it meets the St. Mary’s, Hay could easily
-see these spectacles. Behind the traders’ houses, northward to Spy Run
-Creek, lived the band of Miamis under LeGris, one of the most prominent
-and intellectual chiefs of his time. Across the river, in the present
-Lakeside area of Fort Wayne, was the principal village of the Miamis
-under Pacan, who in his youth had saved Captain Morris.[101] Frequent
-discussions were held by the traders with Pacan, LeGris, Blue Jacket,
-and Little Turtle; LeGris and Little Turtle often ate and stayed at
-Hay’s house. The three Girty brothers, the terrors of the frontier,
-visited Miamitown on a number of occasions during Hay’s sojourn. James
-and George Girty lived only three miles from Miamitown, and came more
-often than their brother, Simon. It is noteworthy that Hay obligingly
-wrote a letter for George Girty to Alexander McKee, the British Indian
-agent, informing McKee that the Miamis had upbraided the Delawares by
-“telling them that the Ground they occupied now is not theirs and that
-... the Delawares answered, they were great fools to fight for lands
-that was not theirs and consequently would not go to war against the
-Americans any more.”[102] Girty asked McKee to check the Delaware
-dissatisfaction.
-
-It is clear that the inhabitants of Miamitown were, for the most part,
-English partisans. Hay could not venture his “carcass” among the “parcel
-of renegards” [sic] at Vincennes.[103] When Antoine Lasselle did venture
-southward and was captured by the Indians who thought him to be
-sympathetic with the Americans, Major Murray intervened and the people
-of the village certified that Lasselle was “a good loyalist” and “always
-for supporting his King”.[104] When Lorraine, an inhabitant of Miamitown
-for forty years, died and was buried, “the young Volunteers of the place
-gave him three Vollies ... in Honor to his services rendered to the King
-of Great Britain.”[105] Evidently the time Lorraine had aided Pontiac’s
-Indians in capturing the British post at Ouiatenon was forgotten at this
-late date. Not all of the traders at Miamitown were good loyalists,
-however. James Abbott is described as being “one of our dis-affected
-subjects.” He refused to obtain the necessary permit for trading and
-spoke to the Indians of “Major Murray & Capt. McKee in so disrespectfull
-a manner that they ... determined to send Strings of Wampum into Detroit
-immediately to informe them of it.”[106]
-
-On the first of April, 1790, Hay departed for Detroit, “much regretted
-by every one in the village”.[107] Less than seven months later
-Miamitown lay in ashes, ravaged by an American army which left 183 of
-its men dead in the vicinity. There is nothing in Hay’s journal to
-indicate that the French, English, or Indian occupants of the villages
-anticipated the blow which was to be dealt them by Harmar’s army,
-although they were fully aware of the movements which preceded the
-coming of Harmar. “John Thompson [a prisoner] ... informed me their was
-great talk of raising men to come against the Ind’s”, wrote Hay on March
-24, 1790. “However”, he continued, “General St. Clair who is now at the
-Big Miami [Cincinnati] with two boat loads of goods, means to call the
-Indians together at a Council at Post Vincennes—But if the Indians do
-not come to a settlement with them, they mean to fight them.”[107]
-
-This and other councils were held. St. Clair, governor of the newly
-created Northwest Territory, following Washington’s instructions,
-offered peace to the Indians. Antoine Gamelin, a merchant from Vincennes
-favorably known by the Indians, was sent with the Governor’s overtures
-to the hostile Indians. The tribes along the Wabash would give Gamelin
-no answer until he conferred with those at Miamitown. Here, the Indians,
-as well as the traders, assembled to hear Gamelin’s speech. Their reply
-was evasive and unsatisfactory, while their true attitude was revealed
-by the burning of an American prisoner only three days after Gamelin’s
-departure.[108]
-
-War was now inevitable, and during the five years of bloody conflict
-that followed, Miamitown was the principal goal of the American forces.
-As early as 1784, Washington had confided in his future Secretary of
-War, Henry Knox, that the establishment of a strong post at Miamitown
-was desirable for the welfare of the new nation in the West.[109] The
-following year, Washington wrote to Richard Henry Lee for the benefit of
-the Continental Congress, advocating a strong western policy. In his
-letter Washington said:
-
- Would it not be worthy of the wisdom and the attention of congress to
- have the western waters well explored, the navigation of them fully
- ascertained, and accurately laid down, ... at least as far westerly as
- the Miamis running into the Ohio [the Great Miami] and Lake Erie [the
- Maumee] ... for I cannot forbear observing that the Miami village
- points to an important post for the Union.[110]
-
-St. Clair, while in Philadelphia during 1790, talked to both Secretary
-of War, Henry Knox and President Washington, and suggested that an
-American fort be established on the site of Miamitown.[111] Writing to
-Knox on November 26, 1790, St. Clair again urged that General Harmar in
-the forthcoming campaign be empowered to carry out this plan, concluding
-his argument by saying, “we [will] never have peace with the Western
-Nations until we have a garrison there.”[112] Knox, after conferring
-with Washington, rejected the idea. In doing so, he wrote to the
-disappointed St. Clair, the following explanation:
-
- In contemplating the establishment of military posts northwest of the
- Ohio, to answer the purposes of awing the Indians residing on the
- Wabash, the west end of Lake Erie, St. Joseph’s, and the Illinois ...
- and, at the same time, exhibiting a respectable appearance to the
- British troops at Detroit and Niagara, the Miami village presents
- itself as superior to any other position. This opinion was given to me
- by the President in the year 1784, and has several times been held
- forth by me to Brigadier Harmar. But at the same time, it must be
- acknowledged that the measure would involve a much larger military
- establishment than perhaps the value of the object or disposition of
- the United States would admit, and that it would be so opposed to the
- inclinations of the Indians generally ... as to bring on inevitably an
- Indian war of some duration. In addition to which, it is supposed that
- the British garrison would find themselves so uneasy with such a force
- impending over them as not only to occasion a considerable
- reinforcement of their upper posts, but also fomenting ... the
- opposition of the Indians.[113]
-
-It would appear that the government did not wish to offend Great
-Britain, a policy which was not too strong perhaps, but one that kept
-the young republic at peace at a crucial time in her history. The
-proposed attack on Miamitown had to be under the guise of punishing the
-Indians. To do this and retire was permissible, but the establishment of
-an American fort there would have been considered by the British as a
-dagger pointed at Detroit. Consequently, when Harmar finally moved from
-Fort Washington with his army of 1,600 men, he had orders to destroy
-Miamitown and, if possible, its Indian occupants. Harmar himself
-promised that, in the event of a successful campaign, he would attend to
-“the villanous traders”.[114] Interestingly the British officials at
-Detroit and Canada believed that Harmar fully intended to build a fort
-at Miamitown although they expressed surprise at the “imprudence” of
-such action. Their spies, such as the Girties and Alexander McKee, kept
-them well informed of the strength and movement of Harmar’s army. They
-even noted Harmar’s tendency to be intoxicated.[115]
-
-Forewarned by the British agents of the impending attack, the Indians
-adopted a “scorched earth” policy. The traders were forced to give their
-stores of ammunition to the Indians and were aided in fleeing with what
-goods they could carry. What was not destroyed by the Indians at
-Miamitown was burned by the Americans (20,000 bushels of corn, among
-other things). In two major engagements, the first at Hellar’s Corners,
-eight miles north of Miamitown, and the second, a three-pronged attack
-within the heart of the village and on the banks of the Maumee and St.
-Joseph rivers, the Indian forces, under Little Turtle, were
-victorious.[116] Although their crops and towns were destroyed and the
-trade ruined, the Indians were elated over their victories, and their
-frontier raids continued.
-
-Knox now felt that, despite possible British disapproval, the only means
-of checking the Indians was to establish the fort at Miamitown for which
-St. Clair had asked. To carry this out, the Secretary of War asked
-Congress to increase the size of the army. The force contemplated for
-the intended post was 1,000 to 1,200 men. St. Clair argued that a strong
-fort at Miamitown “would curb the Wabash Indians, as well as the Ottawas
-and Chippewas, and all other northern tribes”; that it would “more
-effectually cover the line of frontier along the Ohio, than by a post
-any other place whatever (excluding Detroit)”; and “would afford more
-fully security to the territory of the United States northwest of the
-Ohio.”[117] For an economy-minded Congress, he pointed out that “it
-would assist in the reduction of the national debt, by holding out
-security to people to purchase and settle the public lands.”[118]
-
-General Knox still feared English hostility to this move, and he
-instructed St. Clair to “make such intimations as may remove all such
-disposition.” These intimations, however, were better to follow, than
-precede, the possession of the post, unless circumstances dictated
-otherwise, as it was “not the inclination of the United States to enter
-into a contest with Great Britain.”[119]
-
-St. Clair never reached Miamitown. Badly trained and inexperienced, his
-army of 1,400 men suffered one of the most terrible defeats ever
-inflicted on American forces. Five hundred and thirty-two men fell
-before Little Turtle’s Indians on the site of Fort Recovery, Ohio. The
-situation was now critical. The Indians now attacked the frontier with
-impunity and another defeat might mean the complete alienation of the
-West from the new union. At this crucial point, General Anthony Wayne,
-hero of Stony Point in the Revolution, was appointed commander-in-chief
-of the American army. It is not necessary to give in detail the long
-months of preparation of Wayne’s “Legion” and the swift campaign which
-was carried out in the Maumee valley. Wayne cut the Indian forces in two
-by feinting toward Miamitown, then moving between it and the English
-Fort Miami at the mouth of the Maumee. Before the various tribes could
-reorganize fully, the “Legion” turned on the Indian forces to the east.
-At Fallen Timbers, a short distance from Toledo, on August 20, 1794,
-Wayne’s army met and defeated the red men. The Indian power in the
-Northwest was for the time being shattered and Wayne moved down the
-Maumee to complete his task, the construction, near the site of the old
-Kiskakon, of a new American stronghold in the Northwest—Fort Wayne.
-
-
-[1]“Kekionga” is said to mean “blackberry bush”, this plant being
- considered an emblem of antiquity because it sprang up on the sites
- of old villages. This theory rests on the statement of Barron, an
- old French trader of the area. However, the word “Kekionga” is more
- likely a corruption of Kiskakon. The Kiskakons or “cut tails” were
- the principal tribe of the Ottawas who lived on the Maumee at a very
- early time, for which reason this river was sometimes called the
- “Ottawa”. _Archeological American_, 1,278; “Relation of Sieur de
- Lamothe Cadillac, 1718” _Wisconsin Historical Collections_, XVI, p.
- 353.
-
-[2]From Little Turtle’s speech at the Treaty of Greenville, quoted in H.
- S. Knapp’s _History of the Maumee Valley_, p. 357.
-
-[3]Justin Winsor, _Narrative and Critical History_, IV, 224 lists the
- following:
-
- a. Green Bay, Lake Winnebago and Fox River to the Wisconsin River and
- to the Mississippi.
- b. From the upper end of Lake Michigan, the Chicago river, and a short
- portage to the Des Plaines, and Illinois rivers.
- c. The St. Joseph of Lake Michigan, a portage to the Kankakee and so
- to the Illinois river again.
- d. The St. Joseph river to the Wabash by a longer portage and then
- down to the Ohio and Mississippi.
- e. The Miami of Lake Erie, a portage to the Wabash and down as above.
-
-[4]H. S. Knapp, _History of the Maumee Valley_, pp. 9-10; Justin Winsor,
- _Cartier to Frontenac_, p. 224; Elbert J. Benton, “The Wabash Trade
- Route in the Development of the Old Northwest” _John Hopkins
- University Studies in Historical and Political Science_, XXI, 12.
-
-[5]Pierre Margry, _Decouvertes des francais dans L’Amerique
- Septentrionale_ II, 98.
-
-[6]Justin Winsor, _Cartier to Frontenac_, p. 256.
-
-[7]Pierre Margry, _op. cit._, II, 296; see also, Beverley Bond,
- _Foundations of Ohio_, pp. 70-8. Bond holds that the Maumee-Wabash
- route was the original one intended to be used by LaSalle who then
- decided to establish his communication by means of the upper Ohio;
- due to the Iroquois, however, he fell back upon the Maumee-Wabash
- route as the best means of reaching the Mississippi, but was forced
- to abandon this also to the Iroquois. Later Cadillac was to adopt
- LaSalle’s Lake Erie-Maumee-Wabash route.
-
-[8]Logan Esarey, _History of Indiana_, p. 12.
-
-[9]Elbert J. Benton, _op. cit._, p. 17.
-
-[10]Otho Winger, _The Last of the Miamis_, p. 3.
-
-[11]Pierre Margry, _op cit._, V, 359-62.
-
-[12]Beverley Bond, _op. cit._, p. 76.
-
-[13]Cadillac Papers, _Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collection,
- XXXIII_, 338.
-
-[14]Charles Slocum, _History of the Maumee River Basin_, I, 86; H. S.
- Knapp, _op. cit._, p. 9; “Forts Miami and Fort Industry”, _Ohio
- Archaeological and Historical Society Publications_, XII, 120.
-
-[15]_New York Colonial Documents_, IX, p. 676. This French officer was
- the elder Vincennes, the uncle of Francois Margane, Sieur de
- Vincennes. The younger Vincennes was the founder of the town of
- Vincennes on the lower Wabash.
-
-[16]_Archives des Colonies_, c 11 117, 118, (Paris) Pierre Margry, _op.
- cit._, V, 178, 218, 225-8; 239-43; 256-8, 262-7; 271-3; 278;
- 280-283.
-
-[17]_New York Colonial Documents, Paris Documents_, IX, 891.
-
-[18]Archives de la Province Quebec, Vaudreuil to Council of Marine, Oct.
- 24, 1722.
-
-[19]_New York Colonial Documents_, IX, 894.
-
-[20]“Céloron Journal” _Wisconsin Historical Collections_, XVIII, 51.
-
-[21]Archives de la Province Quebec, de Vaudreuil to Council of Marine,
- Oct. 24, 1722.
-
-[22]_The Jesuits Relations_, ed. by Reuben G. Thwaites, LXIX, p. 189.
-
-[23]Archives de la Province Quebec, de Vaudreuil to Council of Marine,
- Oct. 24, 1722.
-
-[24]_Archives des Colonies_, c 11 117, 118.
-
-[25]_Letters of Governor Spotswood_, II, 296.
-
-[26]Norman Cadwell, _The French in the Mississippi Valley_, 1740-1750,
- p. 95.
-
-[27]_New York Colonial Documents, Paris Documents_, IX, 894.
-
-[28]_Wisconsin Historical Collections_, XVII, 211. Sieur Darnaud was in
- all likelihood Nicolas-Marie Renoud Davenne, born 1696, died 1743.
-
-[29]_Indiana Historical Society Publications_, VII, 72. This post was a
- new settlement of the English from Carolina apparently on the upper
- Ohio River.
-
-[30]_Ibid._, p. 72.
-
-[31]_Archives des Colonies_, C 11 117, 118.
-
-[32]_Archives de Colonies_, C 11 117, 118.
-
-[33]_Ibid._
-
-[34]_Wisconsin Historical Collections_, XVIII, 175.
-
-[34a]_Archives des Colonies_, C 11 118.
-
-[35]Norman Caldwell, _op. cit._, p. 41.
-
-[36]_Ibid._, p. 31.
-
-[37]_Ibid._, p. 41.
-
-[38]_New York Colonial Documents, Paris Documents_, X, 140.
-
-[39]_Wisconsin Historical Collections, XVII_, 486-7.
-
-[40]_New York Colonial Documents, Paris Documents_, X, 150.
-
-[41]_The Jesuit Relations_, ed. by Reuben G. Thwaites, LXIX, 189.
-
-[42]Norman Caldwell, _op. cit._, p. 95.
-
-[43]_Ibid._, p. 95.
-
-[44]The journal kept by Celoron on this expedition may be found in
- Margry, _op. cit._, VI, 666 ff.
-
-[45]_Jesuit Relations_, ed. by R. Thwaites, LXIX, 189.
-
-[46]_Ibid._, p. 189.
-
-[47]_Ohio Archaeological and Historical Society Publications_, XII, 120.
-
-[48]_Mississippi Valley Historical Review_, IX, 315.
-
-[49]Francis Parkman, _Montcalm and Wolfe_, I, 87.
-
-[50]Charles Slocum, _op. cit._, p. 99.
-
-[51]Charles Lasselle, “Indian Traders of Indiana”, _Indiana Magazine of
- History_, II, Number 1, 4.
-
-[52]_A Narrative of Life on the Frontier, Henry Hay’s Journal_, ed. by
- Milo Quaife, p. 261.
-
-[53]_See below_, pp. [p 79-80.]
-
-[54]Marquis de la Jonquiere to Governor Clinton, Aug. 10, 1751, _New
- York Colonial Documents_, VI, pp. 731-34.
-
-[55]Mitchell’s map was the best known of contemporary maps of North
- America. A reproduction of this map may be found in the _Michigan
- Pioneer and Historical Collection_, XXXVI, 52-3.
-
-[56]Beverley Bond, _op. cit._, pp. 153-154.
-
-[57]For an interesting discussion of the French attempt during the peace
- negotiations at the end of the war to establish the Maumee and
- Wabash rivers as the new boundary between the two colonial empires,
- see Theodore Pease’s article, “Indiana in Contention between France
- and England” in the _Indiana Historical Bulletin_, XII.
-
-[58]“Croghan’s Journal”, _Early Western Travels_, ed. by R. G. Thwaites,
- I, 122-23.
-
-[59]_Jesuit Relations_, LXIX, 189.
-
-[60]_Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collections_, XIX, 47.
-
-[61]_Ibid._, p. 47.
-
-[62]Francis Parkman, _Conspiracy of Pontiac_, I, 189.
-
-[63]The Journal of Captain Morris as quoted in his _Miscellanies in
- Prose and Verse_ has been reprinted in _Early Western Travels_, I,
- 301-ff.
-
-[64]Captain Thomas Morris, _op. cit._, p. 312. This prohibition of the
- sale of liquor to the Indiana was not always as successful as Capt.
- Morris thought.
-
-[65]“Croghan’s Journal”, _Western Travels_, I, 149-150.
-
-[66]For the French philosopher Volney’s description of these French
- Creoles _See Below_, [p. 34.]
-
-[67]After LaBalme’s raid, a British force was stationed at Fort Miami
- for four months, _See Below_, [p. 16.]
-
-[68]_Illinois Historical_ XVI, 60.
-
-[69]_Indiana Historical Society Publications_, II, 435.
-
-[70]_Ibid._, p. 439-40. The following names are listed: Capuchin,
- Baptiste Campau, Nicholas Perct, Pierre Barthe, Bergerson,
- Berthelemy, Dorien, Francois Maisonville, Laurain.
-
-[71]As it turned out the people of Vincennes suffered a great deal for
- their friendship with the American cause.
-
-[72]Charles Lasselle, _loc. cit._, p. 4.
-
-[73]Wallace A. Brice, _History of Fort Wayne_, p. 102.
-
-[74]Charles Lasselle, _loc. cit._, p. 4.
-
-[75]DePeyster to Haldimand, Nov. 16, 1780, and Haldimand to DePeyster,
- June 6, 1781, Haldimand Papers relating to Detroit, 1772-84, II,
- British Museum. After his release from captivity by the Americans,
- Colonel Hamilton accused Beaubien of treachery for not following
- Hamilton’s orders during the campaign, cf. Hamilton’s account of the
- ill fated expedition against Vincennes, Hamilton to Haldimand, July
- 6, 1781, Haldimand Papers, II, British Museum.
-
-[76]Hamilton to Haldimand, Sept. 26, 1778. _Michigan Pioneer
- Collections_, X, 449.
-
-[77]Hamilton to Haldimand, July 6, 1781, Haldimand Papers, II, British
- Museum.
-
-[78]_Michigan Pioneer Collections_, XIX, 699. For LaBalme’s dramatic
- speeches to the French, see the _Illinois Historical Collections_,
- II, p. xci. For other information concerning LaBalme, see the
- _Virginia State Papers_, I, p. 380. The complete papers of LaBalme
- were forwarded to the war ministry in London and together with the
- map carried by LaBalme at the time of his death are available in the
- Haldimand Papers, II, 13, British Museum (London).
-
-[79]“LaBalme Papers”, _Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collections_,
- XIX, 578-8.
-
-[80]“Haldimand Papers”, _Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collections_,
- XIX, 582.
-
-[81]Capt. A. Thompson to DePeyster, Mar. 14, 1781, _Michigan Pioneer and
- Historical Collections_, XIX, 589-600.
-
-[82]DePeyster to Haldimand, Apr. 22, 1782, Haldimand Papers, II, British
- Museum.
-
-[83]Wayne Steven, “The Northwest Fur Trade” _University of Illinois
- Studies in Social Sciences_, XIV, p. 513.
-
-[84]Milo Quaife, _op. cit._, p. 209.
-
-[85]Major Smith to Dorchester, Oct. 16, 1790, Public Records Office,
- (Colonial Series) CO-42 73, London.
-
-[86]Dorchester to Grenville, October 17, 1790, Public Records Office,
- (Colonial Series) CO-42 73.
-
-[87]Dorchester to Grenville, May 31, 1790, Public Records Office,
- (Colonial Series) CO-42 73.
-
-[88]Leonard Helderman, “Danger on the Wabash, Vincennes letters of
- 1786-87” _Indiana Magazine of History_, XXXIV, 459.
-
-[89]Logan Esarey, _op. cit._, I, 102.
-
-[90]George Sharp to Paul Camelin, June 23, 1786, “Letters from
- Eighteenth Century Indiana Merchants” (the Lasselle Papers) ed. C.B.
- Coleman and published in the _Indiana Magazine of History_, V,
- 145-146.
-
-[91]George Leith to Gray, Apr. 3, 1786, _loc. cit._, V, 144-145.
-
-[92]John MacPherson to Gray, March, 1785, _loc. cit._, V, 142-143.
-
-[93]Ironside to Gray, Apr. 15, 1787, _loc. cit._, V, 151-152.
-
-[94]Ironside to Gray, Mar. 15, 1787, _loc. cit._, V, 150.
-
-[95]Ironside to Gray, Feb. 16, 1787, _loc. cit._, V, 149. George
- Ironside was a leading trader in the Maumee valley. He was born in
- 1760 and died in 1830, at Amherstburg. For many years he was in the
- British Indian service. He was an M. A. of King’s College, Aberdeen
- and was known, even to the Americans, for his humanity and
- hospitality.
-
-[96]_A Narrative of Life on the Old Frontier, Henry Hay’s Journal from
- Detroit to the Mississippi River_, edited by M. M. Quaife, p. 224.
-
-[97]_Ibid._, p. 221.
-
-[98]_Ibid._, p. 241.
-
-[99]_Ibid._, p. 240.
-
-[100]_Ibid._, p. 260. Hay gives an interesting description of the
- “Natt”, the Indian symbol of war, carried about much like the
- Ancient Roman standards.
-
-[101]_above_, [p. 23.]
-
-[102]Quaife, _op. cit._, p. 226.
-
-[103]_Ibid._, p. 245.
-
-[104]_Ibid._, p. 237.
-
-[105]_Ibid._, p. 258.
-
-[106]_Ibid._, p. 245.
-
-[107]_Ibid._, p. 261.
-
-[108]_Indiana Historical Society Publications_, VII, 360.
-
-^[109]“Gamelin’s Journal”, St. Clair Papers, II, pp. 155-160; _American
- State Papers_, Indian Affairs, I, P. 37.
-
-[109]_St. Clair Papers_, ed. Wm. Smith, II, 181.
-
-[110]_The Writings of George Washington_, ed. Jared Sparks, IX, 80-81.
-
-[111]_St. Clair Papers_, II, 181.
-
-[112]_Ibid._, 193.
-
-[113]Knox to St. Clair, Sept. 14, 1790, _St. Clair Papers_, II, p. 181.
-
-[114]_American State Papers, Indian Affairs_, I, p. 104-5.
-
-[115]Dorchester to Grenville, Nov. 10, 1790, including dispatches from
- A. McKee and others, Public Record Office (Colonial Series) CO-42;
- 73, London.
-
-[116]For the accounts of the battles see Harmar’s report in _ASP, Indian
- Affairs_, I, pp. 104; also the “Military Journal of Major Ebenezer
- Denny” in _Memoirs of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania_, VII,
- 343-353. The heaviest action took place at Harmar’s ford at the end
- of Harmar Street. Here the regulars suffered severely while
- attempting to cross the Maumee in the face of the Indians’ fire.
-
-[117]_ASP, Indian Affairs_, I, 112.
-
-[118]_Ibid._, p. 112.
-
-[119]“Knox’s Instructions to St. Clair”, _Michigan Pioneer and
- Historical Collections_, XXIV, 197-8.
-
-
-
-
- Chapter II
- The Establishment of Fort Wayne—Government Outpost of Defense,
- Diplomacy and Trade
-
-
-Wayne’s victorious “Legion” arrived at Miamitown on the evening of
-September 17, 1794. Lieutenant John Boyer, to whose journal we are
-indebted for the best account of the conditions relating to the
-construction of Fort Wayne, wrote on the day of the arrival:
-
- ... there are nearly five hundred acres of cleared land lying in one
- body on the rivers St. Joseph, St. Mary’s and Miami; there are fine
- points of land contiguous to those rivers adjoining the cleared land
- ... the land adjacent [is] fertile and well timbered, and from every
- appearance it has been one of the largest settlements made by the
- Indians in this country.[1]
-
-On the following day, Wayne reconnoitered the ground and selected the
-site for the new fort, an elevated position on the right bank of the
-Maumee just below the confluence of the St. Mary’s and St. Joseph
-rivers. The ground chosen approximates lots 11, 12, and 13 of the
-present Taber addition on the northeast corner of East Berry and Clay
-street.[2]
-
-Wayne determined to build a strong fortification, much to the
-disapproval of Lieutenant William Clark, who felt that a common picketed
-one would be equally as difficult for the savages.[3] It is conceivable
-that Wayne in building a strong fortification feared a future British
-attack equally as much as he feared the Indians. Actual construction
-began on September 24. The difficulties were many. The season was late,
-and the fort had to be completed before winter came. The regulars had
-been good fighters, but proved to be poor workers. All the severity of
-the army code was required to keep them in line, one hundred lashes on
-their bare backs being the usual punishment. The volunteers were
-rebellious; for a while they were employed convoying the supplies from
-Fort Defiance to Fort Wayne over the improved road Wayne had
-constructed, but finally, when Wayne could no longer cope with the
-Kentucky militiamen, they were sent home. Provisions were also scarce
-and prices were high. Not infrequently the men were on half-rations,
-while the horses died at the rate of five a day for lack of feed. A ten
-gallon keg of whiskey cost eight dollars; a pint of salt, when it could
-be obtained, brought six dollars.[4]
-
-Despite these difficulties, Wayne seemed well-satisfied with the
-construction of his new fort, which was capable of resisting 24 pound
-guns. By October 17, he felt “free to pronounce them [Fort Wayne and
-Fort Defiance] the most respectable now in the occupancy of the United
-States, even in their present situation which is not quite perfect as
-yet.”[5] Construction was pushed with all possible speed, and although
-the fort was not quite completed, the day of dedication was set for
-October 22, 1794, the fourth anniversary of Harmar’s defeat. Early that
-morning, after firing fifteen rounds of cannon in honor of the fifteen
-states in the Union, the flag was raised. Colonel Hamtramck then named
-the new fortification, “Fort Wayne.”[6]
-
-The “Legion” departed for Greenville on October 28, leaving
-Lieutenant-Colonel John Francis Hamtramck in command of four infantry
-companies and one artillery battery at Fort Wayne. Colonel Hamtramck is
-described as being “a small Canadian Frenchman, an intelligent, capable,
-and meritorious officer.”[7] After serving in the Revolution, Hamtramck
-came to the West with Harmar, being in command at Vincennes when he
-joined Wayne’s army. Although somewhat of a martinet, Hamtramck was
-popular with his men and, from all accounts, one of the most efficient
-officers in the army at that time.
-
-It was fortunate that Wayne left a capable man in charge of Fort Wayne,
-as Hamtramck’s difficulties proved to be many. There still remained a
-great deal of work to be done in strengthening the fort, which was not
-completed until the following spring. The garrison was plagued by an
-epidemic of malaria fever during the first summer. This condition was
-made worse by the lack of quinine or any medical supplies.[8] During the
-winter, the men often went about in rags and tatters. Hamtramck was
-forced to permit them to cut up their blankets and turn them into
-over-coats.
-
-Facing such difficulties, it is little wonder that Hamtramck complained
-frequently to Generals Wayne and Wilkinson about the problems of
-disciplining his rebellious men and caring for the destitute Indians who
-were returning to their ruined villages. Concerning the soldiers
-Hamtramck wrote, “I have flogged them until I am tired. The economic
-allowance of one hundred lashes, allowed by the government, does not
-appear a sufficient inducement for a rascal to act the part of an honest
-man.”[9]
-
-Hamtramck was actively engaged at this time in discussions with the
-chiefs, particularly Little Turtle, LeGris, and Richardville, concerning
-the proposed peace negotiations to be held at Greenville the following
-summer. In these matters, Hamtramck was aided immensely by the Lasselle
-brothers, Antoine and Jacques.[10] Antoine had resided at Miamitown from
-1771 until Harmer’s destruction of the village in 1790. He had fought on
-the side of the Indians in the battle of Fallen Timbers and had been
-captured by Wayne’s troops. Tried as a spy, he narrowly escaped the
-gallows through Hamtramck’s intercession. Colonel John Johnston, Indian
-factor at Fort Wayne, later described Antoine Lasselle as a man of wit
-and drollery who “would often clasp his neck with both hands to show how
-near he had been to hanging by order of Mad Anthony.”[11] After his
-release, Antoine Lasselle with his brother Jacques returned to Fort
-Wayne, apparently the first traders to do so. Here they furnished the
-Americans with supplies and used their strong influence with the Miamis
-to the good advantage of the American cause.
-
-The Indians had asked that the forthcoming peace conference be held at
-their old village, Kekionga, as Kiskakon had come to be called by that
-time. Wayne insisted that the tribesmen come to Greenville, 79 miles
-southeast of Fort Wayne. Resorting to the use of Indian symbolism, Wayne
-argued, “It was there [Kekionga] that the hatchet was first raised, to
-bury a bloody hatchet there would disturb the spirits of the unburied
-dead.”[12] Wayne’s real reasons were less symbolic, but more practical.
-The distance of bringing supplies to Fort Wayne would be much farther
-than to Greenville, and at Greenville he would have his “Legion” ready
-in case of trouble. In the spring the Indians going to Greenville came
-by way of Fort Wayne, so overcrowding the post that Hamtramck’s garrison
-had to go on half-rations to feed the delegates. Even this did not
-suffice; emergency stores were depleted, while the liquor and tobacco
-were so exhausted that Hamtramck had to buy additional supplies from
-Antoine Lasselle.
-
-At Greenville Wayne won the peace which Fallen Timbers had secured. In
-respect to Fort Wayne, which remained an American island deep in Indian
-Territory, the United States gained an area of six square miles around
-the fort, free use of the Maumee-Wabash portage, and an area of two
-square miles at the Wabash end of the portage. The Indians also promised
-the United States the use of the roads leading to Fort Wayne from
-Defiance to the northeast and Piqua to the southeast. Little Turtle,
-Wayne’s keenest antagonist during the negotiations, debated long and
-eloquently over these concessions at and around Fort Wayne. The great
-Miami chief secured one compromise from the General, a reduction of the
-land around the fort to be ceded to the United States. After this
-concession by Wayne, Little Turtle addressed the council:
-
- These people [the French] were seen by our forefathers first at
- Detroit; afterwards we saw them at the Miami village—that glorious
- gate which your younger brothers had the happiness to own....
- Brothers, these people never told us they wished to purchase these
- lands from us.
-
- I now give you the true sentiments of your younger brothers with
- respect to the reservation at the Miami villages. We thank you kindly
- for contracting the limits you at first proposed. We wish you to take
- this six mile square on the side of the river where your fort now
- stands, as your younger brothers wish to inhabit that beloved spot
- again ... The next place you pointed to was the Little River, and said
- you wanted two miles square at that place. This is a request that our
- fathers, the French or British, never made us; it was always ours.
- This carrying place has heretofore proved in a great degree, the
- subsistence of your younger brothers. That place has brought us in the
- course of one day, the amount of one hundred dollars. Let us both own
- this place.[13]
-
-To this Wayne replied:
-
- The Little Turtle observes, he never heard of any cession made at that
- place [Fort Wayne] to the French. I have traced the lines of two forts
- at that point ... and it is ever an established rule, among the
- Europeans, to reserve as much ground around their forts, as their
- cannon can command.[14]
-
-Wayne could not grant Little Turtle’s request for joint-control of the
-Maumee-Wabash portage since the Northwest Ordinance of 1787 guaranteed
-to everyone free use of all important portages (Article V). Wayne proved
-himself an economist and shrewd diplomat by arguing before the other
-assembled tribes that the tolls garnered by the Miamis actually were
-passed off to all the Indians in the form of higher prices for the
-traders goods. At length, Little Turtle, speaking for four tribes
-besides the Miamis, expressed himself as satisfied with the treaty, and
-being the last to sign it, promised he would be the last to break
-it.[15] This he never did, as he spent the last seventeen years of his
-life at peace with the Americans.
-
-In a farewell address to the conference, Little Turtle asked that the
-United States government appoint Captain William Wells as resident
-interpreter at Fort Wayne. William Wells, frontier scout and pioneer,
-was one of the most romantic and mysterious figures in the early history
-of the Northwest. A biography or even a sketch of his life has never
-been written, although his story is intimately connected with that of
-Fort Wayne and the Indiana Territory. Between 1794 and 1812, when he was
-killed, Captain Wells was decidedly the most interesting white person in
-the history of Fort Wayne. Little is known about him personally, except
-that which we can obtain from letters written by him or those concerning
-him. A member of prominent Kentucky family and the brother of Colonel
-Samuel Wells of Louisville, William Wells had been kidnapped by a band
-of Miamis when he was twelve year old. Taken to Miamitown, he was
-adopted by the tribe of Little Turtle and was raised by the Indians, as
-was the custom of that time. It is not surprising, consequently, that
-the Frenchman, Count Volney described Wells as “tall and muscular, quick
-in movement, and having the complexion of an Indian.”[16] It is
-surprising, however, that Wells, having little or no education, in later
-life showed in his letters a knowledge of the English language and
-clarity of thought far superior to his white associates on the frontier.
-
-Wells’ first wife was Anahquah, Little Turtle’s sister; and upon her
-death, it is believed that Wells married Wahmangopath, the daughter of
-the chief. By these marriages, Wells had the following children: Anne,
-who was educated at the Catholic school at Bardstown, Kentucky, and who
-later returned to Fort Wayne to marry Dr. William Turner; Mary, who
-married James Wolcott; Rebecca, who married James Hackley at Fort Wayne;
-Jane Turner, who married John H. Griggs, and William Wayne, who after
-graduating from West Point, died at an early age. On March 7, 1809,
-Wells married Mary Geiger, daughter of Colonel Frederick Geiger of
-Kentucky, by whom he had three children, Samuel Geiger, Yelberton, and
-Julia Ann.
-
-Against Harmar’s and St. Clair’s armies, Wells fought willingly on the
-side of the Indians. In 1794, however, he joined Wayne’s forces
-apparently with Little Turtle’s approval. It is known that in the summer
-of 1793, Wells paid a visit to his white relatives in Kentucky. Upon
-returning through Vincennes, he met Col. Hamtramck, who employed him to
-carry a message to Wayne.[17] In the message, Hamtramck suggested to
-Wayne that Wells would prove invaluable as a scout, if the General saw
-fit to give him a commission. Before accepting this offer, Wells
-returned to Miamitown, and here secured Little Turtle’s consent. The
-reason for Wells’ desertion of the Indian cause has never been clear.
-Perhaps Hamtramck, later one of Wells’ staunchest friends, convinced him
-that the American cause was to be successful. Possibly, as Quaife
-suggests, it was due to a belated consciousness of his true race
-identity and the pleadings of his white relatives while he was in
-Kentucky.[18] The fact that Wells and Little Turtle remained intimate
-afterward and that their viewpoints were always identical, indicates
-there was no friction between them. It is known that Little Turtle did
-not wish to give battle to Wayne at Fallen Timbers, and advised the
-Indians to make peace. While only conjecture, it is not unreasonable to
-assume that Wells foresaw the American success in the forthcoming
-campaign and convinced the chief it was to the red man’s advantage to
-make peace.
-
-Wells was placed in command of Wayne’s scouts, and it was primarily
-through his vigilance that Wayne’s forces were not surprised. At
-Greenville, Wells served as an interpreter, a position of trust. Wayne
-was willing to grant Little Turtle’s request to appoint Wells as
-resident interpreter at Fort Wayne, and later wrote to the government
-recommending Wells for the position, as well as authorizing the payment
-of high rewards to this valuable scout.[19]
-
-During the winter of 1795-96, Hamtramck found the food and supply
-situation at Fort Wayne somewhat better, although there were about 90
-children and old women entirely dependent on the garrison for their
-subsistence. Until the British post at Detroit was transferred to the
-United States, Fort Wayne was the headquarters for detachments at the
-following western forts: Defiance, Sandusky, Adams, Recovery, Jefferson,
-Loramie, Head of the Auglaise, and Michilimackinac. In June, 1796, Col.
-Hamtramck was ordered to proceed to Detroit and take command of the
-former British post there. After his departure, the force at Fort Wayne
-never numbered more than 100 men. These men held an important position
-along the first line of defense in the northwest. Other than
-Michilimackinac, there were no posts to the north or northwest until Ft.
-Dearborn was erected in 1803. The men at Fort Wayne acted as if they had
-little realization of their responsibility. The majority of the enlisted
-men of that day were drawn from the most turbulent elements of the east.
-The soldier’s life was not a popular vocation. At this western outpost,
-garrison life was more than harsh; it was extremely boring. The troops
-at Fort Wayne had nothing to do in their leisure time, and usually
-passed their days in drinking, fighting, and gambling.[20] In vain did
-the officers have insubordinate men flogged at parade (not infrequently
-the maximum penalty of 100 lashes was given), deprived them of their
-whiskey rations, and put them to hard labor. When, in 1812, Congress
-amended the articles of war to prohibit flogging, other substitute
-punishments, hardly less severe and equally degrading, were devised. Men
-were confined in small dark rooms, put astride spiked wooden horses,
-forced to wear the wooden collar, ankle bolts, and irons. In the Orderly
-Books for the Fort Wayne garrison, we repeatedly find non-commissioned
-officers demoted to the ranks for misconduct or crimes of one nature or
-another, only to be reinstated when their successors proved even more
-incapable. Yet, when this wild, bored garrison was besieged during the
-War of 1812, they successfully held the fort against a force six times
-as strong.
-
-Living within the fort were the wives and children of those married
-officers and men who chose to bring their families to the wilderness
-with them. In many respects these women shared the army life of their
-husbands. They were governed by the same military regulations, even
-receiving the same daily whiskey ration as did the men. The officers and
-their families generally came from an older and more formal society and
-carried into the rude barracks the manners and customs of the East. One
-of the commanders, Col. Hunt, brought his family directly to Fort Wayne
-from their Boston home. With this eastern culture was added a certain
-punctilio, a natural consequence of military life. The officers’
-families, together with those of government officials and more prominent
-settlers, formed the elite of the American society at Fort Wayne. In
-1807 Lieutenant Philip Ostrander, an officer at Fort Wayne, wrote to his
-friend, George Hoffman, collector for the government at Michilimackinac:
-
- On my arrival at this post I was received with the utmost politeness
- by Captain Heald [the commandant] who continues to show me every
- flattering attention. Indeed, sir, by every officer ... at this place
- I have been treated with the utmost liberality and respect. The very
- day of my arrival, I was requested to dine with Captain Wells [the
- Indian agent] and today by Mr. Johnson, our present factor at this
- post. [Col. John Johnston, superintendent of the government “factory”]
- I do not mention these circumstances through vanity, but merely with
- intention of informing you that everyone endeavors to make my place of
- residence comfortable and happy.
-
- I could form no conception of what an agreeable situation this is,
- both as to the face of the country and the elegant situation of the
- fort. We are, however, destitute of one thing which would make the
- situation still more agreeable—that is, society. Mr. Johnson
- [Johnston], Captain Wells, J. Audrian [a trader], and the officers of
- the garrison compose our party. They tell me that the place is in
- general healthy, but, to tell the truth, I have seen a number of very
- sick people. Dr. Edwards had unfortunately started for Cincinnati an
- hour before my arrival.[21]
-
-Dr. Edwards, who had recently been given authority to serve as a
-merchant at the fort in addition to his duties as post surgeon,
-evidently had gone to Cincinnati to obtain supplies. Judging from the
-above letter and other sources, it must be concluded that the number of
-sick at Fort Wayne was generally quite high. Before Dr. Edwards came
-there were twenty-five men reported on the sick list, almost 35% of the
-garrison. This may have been somewhat of an abnormal condition, however,
-as his predecessor, a man named Dr. Elliot, was so incompetent, that Mr.
-Johnston, the government factor, had to act as post surgeon.[22]
-
-Colonel Hamtramck remained in command of Fort Wayne until June, 1796. In
-March of that year he had been ordered to move down the Maumee with a
-detachment from Fort Wayne in order to counteract a demonstration by the
-British which was possibly intended to arouse the Indians to revolt.
-While encamped on the Maumee, Hamtramck received a message from General
-Wilkinson, directing him to receive the transfer of the British Post
-Miami and then proceed to Detroit to take command of the former British
-post, Fort Lernoult.
-
-Colonel David Strong, Hamtramck’s successor at Fort Wayne, had, like
-Hamtramck, served in the Revolution and in Wayne’s army. Prior to coming
-to Fort Wayne he had been in command at Fort Greenville.[23] The
-twenty-six months of Colonel Strong’s administration witnessed the
-beginnings of the new Frenchtown at Fort Wayne. Located across the St.
-Joseph from the site of the old Frenchtown, this new village was
-situated where Kekionga or Kiskakon once stood in the present Lakeside
-area of Fort Wayne. Most of the inhabitants were either former occupants
-of Miamitown who returned to this new site after Wayne’s victory or
-French-Canadians of the Detroit-River Raisin region. Volney, a native of
-France who traveled in the United States during 1796, questioned the
-Americans concerning these French “habitants” of the northwest. He was
-told that they were a kind, hospitable, and sociable sort of people,
-“but in ignorance and idleness they beat the Indians. They know nothing
-of civil and domestic affairs; their women neither sew or spin or make
-butter but pass their time in gossiping and tattle. The men hunt, fish,
-roam in the woods, and bask in the sun.”[24]
-
-In weighing the value of this characterization of the French
-“habitants,” we must remember that Volney an intellectual coming from
-the Paris of the Enlightenment naturally thought of these people as
-crude and rustic, as indeed they must have appeared to him, but what is
-more important neither Volney or the Americans appreciated that these
-French Creoles way of life was different from theirs. The Creoles were
-not as interested in the middle-class virtue of respectability nor in
-the acquisition of much property.
-
-Evidently the English-American opinion of the French people living in
-the Northwest had not changed since the days of George Croghan and
-earlier. Nor in all likelihood had the French “habitants” and traders
-changed their manner of living to any great extent. Although they had
-suffered a great deal financially and were less prosperous since the
-American occupation of the territory, there is no reason to doubt that
-these people lived as they did during Henry Hay’s sojourn at Miamitown,
-independent and satisfied with life.
-
-There is no way of determining the number of inhabitants living in
-Frenchtown at this time. That the settlement was at least worthy of
-notice is indicative from the Orderly Books for Fort Wayne. Mention is
-made repeatedly of the town.[25] The soldiers and their wives were in
-the habit of frequenting the town, which practice some officers
-considered inimical to the garrison’s welfare. All military orders
-published for the civilians living around Fort Wayne were made out in
-French as well as English, and until the early 1820’s the majority of
-the population of Fort Wayne were either French or of French-Indian
-blood.
-
-While most of these French inhabitants during these years remain
-unknown, there are a few individuals whom we can identify. Besides
-Antoine Lasselle, there was another member of the Lasselle family who
-returned to Fort Wayne at an early date. This was Hyacinth Lasselle, the
-nephew of Antoine Lasselle and the son of Jacques Lasselle. Hyacinth
-Lasselle was only four years old when his family fled from Miamitown at
-the advance of LaBalme’s force in 1780. After this he was placed in a
-private school in Montreal. In May, 1795, he returned to Fort Wayne from
-where he carried on trading activities until 1804 when he removed his
-establishment to Vincennes. In appearance he was rather short, being
-about five feet six inches tall, but at the same time very muscular. His
-athletic prowess and the fact that he was born at Miamitown made him a
-great favorite of the Miamis, who entered him in contests against the
-champions of other tribes.
-
-Other inhabitants of the former Miamitown who returned to the site of
-Fort Wayne after the American Occupation were Antoine Rivard or Rivarrd
-and Francis Minie. Rivard’s wife and daughter had entertained Henry Hay
-quite often while the latter stayed at Miamitown. Included among the new
-arrivals at Frenchtown were Charles and James Peltier, brothers who had
-come here from Detroit around 1798. In 1804 the Peltiers secured
-permission to sell supplies to the garrison at Fort Wayne. At a later
-date, Charles Peltier was attacked and eaten by wolves within a few
-miles of the fort. James Peltier married Angeline Chapeteau, an
-attractive young girl who had come to Fort Wayne from Detroit with her
-grandparents, Jean Baptiste Maloch and his wife. Jean Baptiste Maloch
-had been a resident at Detroit before the time of Pontiac’s conspiracy,
-and he was apparently considered to be a man of some wealth.[26] What
-prompted him to bring his wife and granddaughter to Fort Wayne at this
-late date in his life is unknown. Angeline Chapeteau, who was only
-sixteen when she came to Fort Wayne, instantly became a favorite of the
-Miamis, who called her “Golden Hair” and formally adopted her into their
-tribe. Her sister Theresa Chapeteau married Francis Minie, while a
-second sister married Charles Peltier. One of the most prosperous
-traders at Fort Wayne prior to the war of 1812 was Louis Bourie. Not
-only did he trade in furs himself, but he also kept pack horses and
-large warehouse for the transportation and storage of the merchandise
-and furs carried by way of the Maumee-Wabash portage. For these services
-he collected a handsome profit. Two other traders who married Miami
-women were Peter LaFontaine and Antoine Bondie.
-
-To the west of the fort there came into being a collection of government
-buildings and sutlers’ establishments, which in time resembled a small
-village. These log buildings were located at the meeting place of two
-roads, “Wayne’s trace” (this was the road connecting Fort Wayne with
-Fort Washington, Cincinnati) and the old Maumee-Wabash portage path.[27]
-This was the nucleus of the village that made up the plat of the
-original town of Fort Wayne, when it was laid out in 1824. The sutlers,
-who lived here, were traders who had been given permission by the
-government to occupy choice locations near a military outpost and carry
-on the trade deemed necessary for the garrison. These sutlers were
-subject to the orders of the commander of the fort, who could dismiss
-them upon a just provocation. It was also the commander’s duty to see to
-it that the men were not overcharged and investigate any complaints
-brought to him either by the sutlers or soldiers. For instance the
-soldiers complained on one occasion that James Peltier was overcharging
-them for his merchandise. After an investigation, the commander, Captain
-Whipple, excused Peltier on the grounds that the cost of transportation
-for the winter had risen to one hundred dollars a boatload.[28] The
-sutlers brought their merchandise either by way of the Maumee from
-Detroit and the East or by way of the St. Mary’s from Cincinnati and the
-Ohio River.
-
-The largest of the log buildings comprising the small village west of
-the fort was the two-story council house. This was erected in 1804 by
-the government to be used as a meeting place between the government
-officials and the Indians. Around the village and along the banks across
-the river were gardens and cultivated fields of vegetables and corn. One
-of the better farms was owned by Colonel Hamtramck and William Wells.
-Wells managed it and by 1800 had it well fenced. On the property were
-several buildings, a good orchard, a number of livestock, plus the usual
-corn fields. Several negro slaves whom Wells had brought from Kentucky
-did most of the labor.[29] Apparently this farm did not always furnish a
-dependable source of income, for in 1801, Wells reported to Hamtramck
-that although he expected to harvest 350 bushels of corn for each of
-them, he would not be able to sell it because of the overabundance of
-corn raised that year around Fort Wayne.[30] The reason for this, Wells
-maintained, was the fact that the military were competing in the corn
-market. The officers of Fort Wayne were in the practice of having the
-enlisted men farm the fields for wages.
-
-In June, 1797, the newly appointed General of the United States Army,
-James Wilkinson, stopped at Fort Wayne during his initial tour of
-inspection of the western forts. Here he found conditions “truly
-deplorable”. In his report he stated:
-
- “The army in this quarter presents a frightful picture of the
- scientific soldier; ignorance and licentiousness have been fostered,
- while intelligence and virtue have been persecuted and exiled; the
- consequences were that factions have been generated to sanction
- enormity, and it follows that all ideas of system, economy, order,
- subordination and discipline were banished, and that disorder, vice,
- absurdity, and abuse infected every member of the corps
- militarie.”[31]
-
-Wilkinson was equally dissatisfied with conditions at Detroit. In fact
-he found fault everywhere, for the General had a habit of exaggerating
-ills so that he might gain more credit for employing successful
-antidotes. He never doubted that his methods were correct, and his
-solution for the problems at Fort Wayne and Detroit was relatively
-simple. He merely exchanged garrisons and commandants between the two
-posts. Colonel Hamtramck with the First Regiment was transferred to Fort
-Wayne, and Colonel David Strong at Fort Wayne with the Second Regiment
-was transferred to Detroit.[32]
-
-Whether or not General Wilkinson achieved his purpose of bettering
-conditions at Fort Wayne and Detroit by these transfers is not known. At
-any rate Colonel Hamtramck did not remain long at Fort Wayne. In less
-than a year he was ordered back to Detroit and there he remained in
-command until his death in 1803. In April, 1798, a month before his
-final departure from Fort Wayne, his son, John Francis, was born. As far
-as it is known, this child was the first white person born within the
-stockade.
-
-On May 16, 1798, Colonel Thomas Hunt arrived at Fort Wayne to take
-command. Colonel Hunt had served with distinction in the Revolution.
-Born in Massachusetts, he became a member of Captain’s Croft’s Company
-of “minute men” at Lexington and Concord, in April, 1776. Later he
-fought in the battles of Bunker Hill and Stoney Point. In 1793, he
-returned to military service as a major with Wayne. Following the
-western campaign and the building of Fort Wayne, he went to Detroit and
-assisted Wayne in the formal transfer of the British post to the
-Americans. He served then as commandant of Fort Defiance.[33] Following
-the western campaign of Wayne, he had been given command of Fort
-Defiance. With Colonel Hunt came his family to Fort Wayne directly from
-their home in Boston.
-
-While at Fort Wayne, Colonel Hunt often drew criticism for his
-independent action. Nevertheless, it is apparent that he devoted his
-energies to the betterment of conditions at Fort Wayne, for he undertook
-the responsible task of building a new fort to take the place of Wayne’s
-hastily constructed post which by 1800 was beginning to decay. The new
-fort was located about three hundred feet north of the old structure and
-enclosed the area of the present Old Fort Park in the city of Fort
-Wayne. It seems very probable that the troops occupied the original fort
-during the period of construction of the second fort, so there were two
-American forts standing at the same time, separated by perhaps three
-hundred feet of space. The new fort was reported to be “large and
-substantial ... commanding a beautiful view of the river, as also an
-extent of about four square miles of cleared land.”[34] Six log barracks
-for the officers and men, a brick magazine, and smaller buildings were
-grouped within the palisades around the parade ground.
-
-Captain Thomas Pasteur, an officer in the Revolution and a member of
-Wayne’s corps succeeded Colonel Hunt as commander in June, 1802. Pasteur
-remained but a year at Fort Wayne during which time there was little
-activity at the outpost. There is some indication from two letters
-written at the time that Colonel Henry Burbeck was in command at Fort
-Wayne in the spring of 1803, although the Fort Wayne Orderly Books give
-no record of this.[35] If he did serve at Fort Wayne, his stay was no
-longer than that of his successor, Major Zebulon Pike, who remained less
-than two months. Major Pike was the father of the noted explorer of the
-southwest, Zebulon M. Pike. The Major who was in poor health was given
-command of Fort Wayne in the hope that the position would be an easy
-one, as well as furnish an increase in his pay. The command did not meet
-Pike’s expectations, since his nature was such that the constant
-drunkenness of the men under him was more than he could stand. His rigid
-attitude in regard to temperance was revealed in a letter to Colonel
-Kingsbury while both were serving at Detroit. In it he declines an
-invitation of the Colonel to attend an officers’ party at which he
-believes some alcoholic drink would be served.[36]
-
-Major Pike’s successor, Captain John Whipple, arrived at Fort Wayne in
-September, 1803. A group of Quakers visiting Fort Wayne in 1804 reported
-that Captain Whipple, “behaved with a freedom and gentility becoming a
-well breed [sic] man.”[37] That he was a man of fair intellectual
-talents is shown by the nature of the entries in the Fort Wayne Orderly
-Books during his administration. In 1804, Captain Whipple journeyed to
-Detroit to bring back his wife, the former Archange Pelletier, a
-descendant of the oldest family of Detroit, Francois Pelletier having
-preceded Cadillac to that spot by two years.
-
-After serving almost four years at Fort Wayne, Captain Whipple resigned
-on January 31, 1807 and in his stead Captain Nathan Heald was appointed
-as commander. Captain Heald remained at Fort Wayne until May 16, 1810,
-on which day he left to take command at Fort Dearborn (Chicago), being
-in charge of that garrison on the day of the fateful massacre, August
-15, 1812. During his stay at Fort Wayne, Captain Heald met the niece of
-William Wells, Rebeckah Wells, whom he later married. Captain Heald was
-replaced at Fort Wayne by Captain James Rhea, an unfortunate choice for
-the troublesome days that were to come during the crucial first year of
-the War of 1812.[38]
-
-From the beginning of Colonel Hunt’s administration in 1798 to the end
-of Captain Heald’s in 1810, the frontier was comparatively peaceful,
-especially until 1807. In that year signs of the forthcoming Indian
-difficulties began to appear, although the actual conflict did not break
-out until 1811, with the battle of Tippecanoe. In August 1796, Winthrop
-Sargent, the Secretary of the Northwest Territory, proclaimed the
-organization of Wayne county, with Fort Wayne on its southern boundary.
-This original Wayne county was divided into four townships, bearing the
-names of Detroit, Mackinaw, Sargent, and Hamtramck, with the region of
-Fort Wayne and the Maumee valley included in the latter. In October,
-1799, William Henry Harrison was elected to represent the Northwest
-Territory in Congress. This body, on the seventh of May, 1800, created
-the Territory of Indiana, composed of all that part of the territory of
-the United States west of a line beginning at the Ohio river opposite
-the mouth of the Kentucky river and running northward to the straits of
-Mackinac. Five days later William Henry Harrison was appointed governor
-of the newly created territory. Vincennes in the southern part of the
-territory, situated on the Wabash river, became the capital.
-
-Up north, Fort Wayne, already an important post in the defense of the
-Northwest Territory, also became a government outpost of diplomacy and
-trade with the Indians. By 1798, the United States government had
-established an Indian agency at Fort Wayne. The Office of Indian Affairs
-was a division of the War Department from 1789 to 1849, and was under
-the direction of the Secretary of War. The Indian agents were the
-representatives of the department among the various tribes. This plan,
-to have official representatives of the government stationed permanently
-among the Indians, was adopted from that used by the English during
-colonial times. Captain William Wells was the logical choice to be the
-first Indian agent at Fort Wayne. The military and government officials
-both felt that he was deserving of some reward for his outstanding
-services during and after Wayne’s campaign in 1794-95. Above all he was
-admirably suited for the position, being intimately acquainted with the
-Indians of this region and being able to speak fluently five of the
-Indian dialects. When Volney asked the inhabitants of Vincennes for aid
-in compiling a dictionary of the Indian language, they recommended that
-he consult William Wells, as Wells knew the Indian languages better than
-any other man in the territory.[39]
-
-Undoubtedly, Wells was anxious to secure the position for it paid a
-handsome salary of $1,200 a year plus some expenses, which was rather
-good in those days for a government employee. Moreover, the position
-gave the agent the opportunity of arranging profitable private contracts
-for services and goods for the Indians. With the purpose of obtaining
-the appointment, Wells secured a letter of introduction from his friend,
-Colonel Hamtramck, to the Secretary of War.[40] In all probability Wells
-used this letter and other recommendations to good advantage when he
-accompanied Little Turtle to Philadelphia in the winter of 1797. Upon
-his return from Philadelphia, Wells wrote to Hamtramck that he “was
-encouraged and hopeful.”[41] His hopes were well founded for in the
-summer of 1798, Wells received the appointment as Indian agent at Fort
-Wayne.
-
-Four years later, Fort Wayne was selected as the location for one of the
-Indian “factories” then being established by the national government. It
-is somewhat difficult to make a distinction between the Indian agency
-and Indian factory. Strictly speaking, the factory was the place where
-goods were received, stored, and distributed, where trading was carried
-on with the Indians by the government and payments of goods and
-annuities made. The factor (the government representative in charge of
-the factory), therefore, dealt primarily in financial and commercial
-matters. On the other hand, an Indian agent was concerned with political
-matters, such as the negotiations and treaties for the cession of lands
-belonging to the Indians. It was his duty to see that the tribes
-remained friendly to the United States and to report any grievances and
-discontent. The distinction between the respective positions, however,
-was one more in theory than in fact. That the agent’s and factor’s
-duties would overlap is fairly obvious, even if they would have been
-clearly defined and adhered to. Any political negotiation of the
-government with the Indians called for payment in money and goods to the
-Indians, often for a number of years, as well as at the time of the
-treaty. One of the main causes of Indian dissatisfaction which the agent
-had to meet was that caused by the poor quality of goods sometime
-furnished at the Indian factories.
-
-In theory, both the agent and the factor at Fort Wayne were responsible
-to their immediate superior, Governor Harrison, as commander of military
-forces and superintendent of Indian affairs in Indiana Territory.
-However, those agents, such as Wells, who held their positions prior to
-the creation of the territory continued to deal directly with the
-Secretary of War as well as with the Governor. Benjamin Stickney, Wells’
-successor as agent, refused to recognize Harrison’s authority over him.
-The factor also received his orders from the Governor and the Secretary
-of War. More directly he was under the Superintendent of Indian Trade,
-an official answerable to both the Secretary of War and Congress. During
-the years before the War of 1812, the post of Superintendent of Indian
-Trade was held consecutively by William Irvine and John Mason. This lack
-of central authority pertaining to the factories and agencies only
-served to add to the confusion already created by the nature of the
-positions. At a later date, the agent assumed the duties of the factor
-and the latter term fell into disuse, but until the factory was
-destroyed by the Indians at Fort Wayne, the two positions remained
-separate and from the start, difficult to harmonize.
-
-“Colonel” John Johnston served as the first Indian factor at Fort Wayne
-from 1802 to 1811. Johnston, a prominent figure in the northwest, during
-his lifetime served thirty-one years with the Department of Indian
-Affairs. He was born in Ireland on March 22, 1775, and came to America
-at the age of eleven. A few years later, while yet a youth, he undertook
-the job of driving supply wagons to Wayne’s army. After receiving his
-appointment as factor for Fort Wayne, Johnston married sixteen-year-old
-Rachel Robinson at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, much against the desire of
-the young girl’s parents. The Johnstons’ wedding trip consisted of the
-journey by horseback through the wilderness to Fort Wayne. While living
-at Fort Wayne, Colonel Johnston and his wife were noted for their stern
-rectitude, which contrasted considerably with the type of life generally
-found at this military outpost. In later life, Johnston, for his years
-of government service, became known as “Colonel Johnston”. He is
-described as “six feet and more in height, very erect, in his bearing
-and he had a blond complexion inclined to ruddy.”[42]
-
-Besides his duties as factor, Colonel Johnston occasionally served as
-assistant surgeon at the fort. For his position as factor, Johnston
-received a salary of $1,000 a year from the government and $365 for
-subsistence. The latter amount was funded by the profits of the factory.
-In 1810, William Oliver was appointed to the Fort Wayne factory to serve
-as Johnston’s assistant. When Oliver resigned in 1812, Johnston secured
-the position for his brother, Stephen Johnston.
-
-As factor, Johnston aimed at being just to the Indians and loyal to his
-government, a combination of purpose attended with many difficulties. In
-a report to the Secretary of War, Johnston pointed out that the trading
-houses with the northern Indians never produced any political effect in
-favor of the Americans, as had been expected when they were established.
-Rather, on the contrary, the Indians were led to believe that the object
-was to make money; and in as much as the government goods were never
-sold cheaper than those of the private traders, it was impossible to
-produce a different impression.[43]
-
-Johnston had trouble procuring the proper kinds of supplies to issue to
-the Indians at Fort Wayne. The goods intended for the Indian trade were
-rarely imported into the United States, there being no regular demand
-for them. On the other hand, the British traders in Canada had agents in
-England, long accustomed to this commerce, who sent out the very
-articles needed. The supplies destined for the United States factories
-went through many hands, and this offered countless opportunities to
-defraud the Indians and the government. Often the goods came out of
-season or were damaged. Johnston constantly urged that the trade either
-be put in the hands of private traders who would be licensed by the
-government, or, if the government thought it necessary to stay in the
-business, an expert should be sent to England to do the purchasing of
-the Indian articles. Typical of the goods used by the Indians are the
-following items listed in Johnston’s record book, “blankets, strouds, [a
-coarse Indian blanket] hat bands, head bands, Indian mats, kettles,
-pans, rings, cloth of various color, wampum, broaches, scalping knives,
-fish hooks, and tobacco.”[44] Johnston also complained that the military
-were generally unfriendly to his trading post and even hindered his work
-at times. Apparently this ill feeling was caused by the fact that the
-soldiers did not consider it a part of their business to furnish
-transportation for the furs and Indian goods or to erect the necessary
-buildings for the trade at Fort Wayne.[45] On one occasion, the factor
-lost in Lake Erie $2,300 worth of furs. Johnston claimed that the
-accident came about through the carelessness of a drunken
-non-commissioned officer, Joseph McMahan, although McMahan was excused
-of all responsibility by a court martial.[46] The result of the trial
-provoked Johnston so much that he protested to the Superintendent of
-Indian Trade, but nothing could be done.
-
-During the decade of its existence prior to the War of 1812, the Fort
-Wayne factory was the most prosperous of all the trading houses
-established by the United States government. A report submitted by the
-Secretary of War to Congress showed that in the three years and ten
-months preceding January 13, 1812, the Fort Wayne factory made a profit
-of $10,502.77. This was by far the largest profit shown by any of the
-ten factories then operated throughout the nation.[47] Another report
-shows that the fur and peltries received from the Indians at the Fort
-Wayne factory sold for $27,547.07.[48] While the government did only a
-small fraction of the fur trading, this is a good indication that the
-fur trade of the Maumee and Wabash valleys which led the French to
-fortify the spot was still the principal economic asset of Fort Wayne.
-Colonel Johnston’s account books suggest that the once abundant beaver
-skins were becoming scarce. Instead of beaver, racoon and deer skins
-were being shipped in great quantities.[49] These furs were carried by
-way of Lake Erie to New York and Philadelphia, where they were sold at
-auctions. Most of the furs obtained from the private traders were taken
-to Detroit where they were purchased by the American Fur Company. Skins
-were worth deer, $1.25; raccoon, $.50; bear, $3.00 to $5.00. These
-values were nominal, as the price fluctuated and the furs were paid for
-in goods which were passed off on the Indians for more than double the
-initial cost and transportation.
-
-In order to transport the skins, they were dried, compressed, and
-secured in packs. Each pack weighed about 100 pounds. A pirogue or boat,
-that was sufficiently large to carry forty packs, required the labor of
-four men to manage it on its voyage. In favorable stages of the river,
-such a vessel, under the management of skilled boatmen, was propelled by
-poles fifteen or twenty miles a day, against the current. On the return
-trips the pirogues were loaded with merchandise to be sold to the
-Indians.
-
-Turning our attention once more to Indian treaties and their resulting
-difficulties, important events centered about Fort Wayne between the
-years 1800 and 1809. The year 1800 in which William Henry Harrison was
-appointed the first governor of the Indiana Territory was one of peace
-in the Great Lake region of the United States. The British had evacuated
-the posts they had held in the northwest, according to the agreement in
-the Jay treaty, and the Indians appeared content. At Fort Wayne, the
-future appeared so calm that William Wells wrote to Hamtramck that he
-expected the garrison to be withdrawn shortly.[50] However, the spark
-that set off the flames of Indian warfare was soon to be ignited and
-kept aglow by British intrigue. This spark was the never ending demand
-for new lands by the western settlers, which resulted in the attempts of
-the government to satisfy this demand by gaining new land cessions from
-the Indians.
-
-Governor Harrison, on assuming his office, proceeded promptly to enter
-into treaty agreements with the Indians for the purchase of their large
-tracts of land in what are now the states of Indiana and Illinois. This
-was in accordance with President Jefferson’s objective, the acquisition
-from the Indians of the whole territory east of the Mississippi.
-Harrison sent word to the Indians to meet him at Fort Wayne in the
-summer of 1803 for the first of his important treaty councils. By June 7
-of that year, he completed his task, having secured from the Eel River
-Miamis, Kaskaskia, Kickapoo, Piankashaw, and Wea tribes a large tract of
-land around Vincennes, as well as the valuable salt spring on the Saline
-Creek. This treaty had been brought to a successful conclusion for the
-United States through a combination of Harrison’s shrewdness and
-stubbornness in bargaining, the financial backing of the factory at Fort
-Wayne, and the influence of Capt. Wells over Little Turtle. Although
-Harrison and Johnston obtained the cooperation of Wells in gaining the
-consent of the Indians, the agent, for the most part, strove against any
-cession of lands by the Indians. Wells went so far as to instigate the
-Indians to protest to the national government against a treaty Harrison
-concluded with the Delawares and Piankashaws the following year.[51]
-
-Between Colonel Johnston, the factor, and Wells, the agent, there was no
-coordination of purpose or even good will. Outside of the fact that the
-conflicting duties of their respective positions involved them in
-quarrels, Wells and Johnston seemed to have been mutually antagonistic,
-and each put the worst interpretation on the other’s actions when
-writing to their superiors. Wells felt that Johnston’s policy of trying
-to win an active alliance with the Indians for the United States in the
-event of war with Great Britain was in effect evidence of Johnston’s
-gullibility in dealing with the red men. Even after the battle of
-Tippecanoe, Johnston gave arms and ammunition to the Indians who had
-participated in the affair. Wells knew the Indians well, and realized
-that in the event of war the best that could be expected would be that
-they would remain neutral. On the other hand, Johnston felt that Wells
-was completely unprincipled and could not be trusted.
-
-Johnston’s opinion of Wells was shared by Governor Harrison, who
-nevertheless realized the agent’s great ability in dealing with the
-Indians. Harrison wrote of Wells on one occasion, “My knowledge of his
-character induces me to believe that he will go any length and use any
-means to carry a favorite point and much mischief may ensue from his
-knowledge of the Indians, his cunning and perservance.”[52] In all
-matters, Wells and Little Turtle were in agreement, and while the
-latter’s influence with his fellow tribesmen had diminished considerably
-with the rise of a new generation, he was still a force to be reckoned
-with in any treaty negotiations. It is almost certain that neither Wells
-or Little Turtle intended to arouse the Indians to war against the
-advance of the tide of settlers, yet they were ready to oppose
-Harrison’s objectives at the various treaty councils.
-
-Although Harrison indicated in his correspondence with the Secretary of
-War that he knew the reasons behind Wells’ action in opposing most of
-the land cessions, the Governor’s letters do not definitely reveal what
-he meant. In an indefinite manner, Harrison ascribed the reason for
-Wells’ action to the agent’s attachment for Little Turtle, mingled with
-a jealousy of the Governor. Harrison apparently felt that Wells had a
-personal animosity toward him, and that Wells’ opposition was intended
-to discredit him.[53] In one letter to the Secretary of War Harrison
-suggested that Wells was profiting dishonestly from his position as
-Indian agent at Fort Wayne. He wrote:
-
- I am really of the opinion that the Turtle, the Five Medals, and two
- or three others receive much the greater part of the annuities and
- provisions which are intended for and said to be given to the
- Potawatomies and Miamis and I am by no means certain that Wells
- himself does not largely participate. The fact is admitted that he
- makes more money than any other man in the Territory. Mr. Johnston
- told Col. Vigo that he [Wells] cleared last upwards of $6000. How he
- can do this honestly I am at a loss to know.[54]
-
-Concerning the reason for Little Turtle’s opposition to further land
-cessions on the part of the Indians, Harrison is more definite in his
-convictions. In 1803, the Governor wrote of Little Turtle:
-
- “Conscious of his superiority of his Talents over the rest of his race
- and colour he sighs for a more conspicuous theatre to display them.
- Opportunities for exhibiting his eloquence occur too seldom to satisfy
- his vanity.... A chosen connexion among the neighbouring Tribes and a
- regular convention of their chiefs has been long the ruling wish of
- his heart and the object of numberless intrigues.”[55]
-
-Assuming that Harrison was correct about Little Turtle’s ambition to
-form an Indian confederation, it is interesting to observe that had the
-Miami chief succeeded rather than Tecumseh, the league formed would have
-been inclined toward peace rather than war with the United States.
-Following the Treaty of Greenville Little Turtle often objected to
-further cessions of land, yet, at the same time, he endeavored to induce
-the red men to lay aside the tomahawk and scalping knife and take up the
-peaceful tools of agriculture. This fact made him unacceptable to the
-majority of Indians, as Harrison himself admitted at a later date. “It
-was the rock upon which the popularity of Tecumseh was founded”, he
-wrote, “and that upon which the influence of Little Turtle was
-wrecked.”[56]
-
-The truth of this assertion is made plain in the report of the visit of
-two Quakers who, in response to an appeal by Little Turtle, came to Fort
-Wayne in 1804 to attempt to introduce the best methods of agriculture
-among the Indians. From the official report of Gerard T. Hopkins to his
-church, the story as here reviewed has been obtained.[57] Mr. Hopkins
-was accompanied by George Ellicott, also of the Society of Friends, and
-Philip Dennis, a practical farmer who was engaged to serve as
-instructor.
-
-The Quakers arrived at Fort Wayne on March 30 and were conducted to
-Captain Whipple, then commandant of the fort, to whom they presented a
-letter of introduction and recommendation from Henry Dearborn, Secretary
-of War. This letter was a liberal commendation of the committee and
-their motives. General Dearborn was personally acquainted with the
-members of the committee, was in hearty sympathy with their mission, and
-rode on horseback from Washington to Ellicott’s home, a distance of
-forty miles to present the letter to the committee before leaving.
-
-The Quakers were surprised to find that no attention was given, either
-in the fort or the Indian village, to the proper observance of the
-Sabbath day. The Friends were entertained by John Johnston, and there
-the chiefs took supper with the mission committee. Under the guidance of
-Captain Wells the following days, the Friends went over the lands most
-suitable for cultivation, and at the same time observed the most
-historic places and listened to the stories as told by Wells of the
-Indian villages and of Harmar’s and St. Clair’s defeats.
-
-The rides to the country included visits to large sugar camps and the
-“prairie” between the St. Mary’s and Little River, the distance from one
-to the other being but four miles in the then swampy land; and the
-watershed ridge but five feet high with reports of canoes passing over
-in highest stages of water. The subject of a canal through this ridge
-was also mentioned. Indians were constantly coming and going, the women
-carrying the burdens of packs of skins and bark boxes of maple sugar
-each weighing about fifty pounds.
-
-The next day Little Turtle and the other chiefs assembled at the home of
-Captain Wells, and there arrangements were made for Dennis to remain
-with the Indians and establish a farm. The attempt to educate the
-Indians to till the soil was undertaken at a point on the Wabash river
-about twenty miles southwest of Fort Wayne. After the departure of the
-Quakers, Dennis continued his efforts but only one or, at the most, two
-of the Indians could be induced to help him. After a year, Dennis
-returned to Maryland, and as no one could be induced to take his place
-the project was left in the hands of Wells, who had a contract to supply
-the Indians with fence rails for the farms.
-
-The Indians were in no mood to give their attention to the tilling of
-the soil. Trouble of a subdued nature portended serious conflicts for
-the future. On April 26, 1805, Harrison wrote to the Secretary of War
-that he felt it was necessary for him to proceed to Fort Wayne to
-investigate the complaints arising from the Indians threat. These
-complaints centered chiefly around the treaty concluded with the
-Delawares and Piankashaws in 1804. The Miamis maintained that they
-should have shared in the benefits of the treaty as part owners of the
-land sold, while the Delawares felt that they had not received enough in
-the way of annuities for the land. Harrison suspected that these
-complaints arose primarily through the instigation of Wells and Little
-Turtle and had determined to investigate Wells’ activities as well as
-the grievances.
-
-Harrison, however, decided not to go personally to Fort Wayne,
-explaining that it “would be a sacrifice of that dignity and authority
-which is necessary to observe in all our transactions with the
-Indians.”[58] In his stead, Harrison dispatched General John Gibson,
-secretary of Indiana Territory and Colonel Francis Vigo,[59] who on
-their arrival met strong opposition from Wells and Little Turtle. These
-two, viewing the visit of Gibson and Vigo with evident suspicion,
-addressed a letter to the former in which they demanded his credentials.
-Lieutenant Brownson, in temporary command of Fort Wayne, remarked to the
-Governor’s agents that he had heard Wells repeatedly say the Indians
-were very much imposed on in the late treaty. In a private conversation
-the Miami chief, Richardville, told Colonel Vigo that he was quite
-surprised to hear an officer who had taken an oath to support the
-Government of the United States, express himself in the manner Wells
-had. Richardville also informed them that the Little Turtle, in the
-presence of Wells, had produced a paper and requested Richardville to
-sign it. Being a remonstrance in favor of Wells, Richardville refused to
-sign it, saying, “if Mr. Wells had behaved well there was no occasion to
-write to the president in his favour that he did not wish to interfere
-in matters which belonged entirely to the White people, and that he, the
-Little Turtle, had frequently wrote letters to the president, without
-their being consulted or asked to sign them.”[60]
-
-Vigo and Gibson were convinced that a certain Peter Audrian had
-conspired with Wells and Little Turtle in the affair. Audrian was an
-influential French trader at Detroit, who during his lifetime held the
-governmental positions of judge, prothonotary, and land commissioner. At
-this time he had an advantageous contract from Wells to furnish the log
-rails for the farms of the Indians. In one year alone the Indians
-purchased 63,000 rails from Audrian, many more than were actually
-needed.[61]
-
-In their report to Governor Harrison, Gibson and Vigo concluded:
-
- “... no noise or clamor respecting the treaty last summer with the
- Delawares ... would have been made had it not been occasioned by the
- Little Turtle and Wells, the latter of whom seems more attentive to
- the Indians than the people of the United States.”[62]
-
-In his report to the Secretary of War, Harrison added that Wells’
-services were highly useful and that he discharged his duties on
-occasions with great zeal and industry. Early in August, 1805, Wells,
-accompanied by Little Turtle, came to Vincennes. “Both are here,” wrote
-Harrison to Dearborn, “and I have received from each a positive
-assurance of a friendly dispostion as well toward the government as
-myself individually. With Captain Wells, I have had an explanation, and
-have agreed to a general amnesty and act of oblivion for the past.”[63]
-
-Notwithstanding this seemingly peaceful settlement of the difficulty,
-the official relationship between Wells and the governor remained
-strained, and we find Harrison as late as April 23, 1811, writing to the
-new Secretary of War, Eustis:
-
- “Could I be allowed to dispose of Wells as I thought proper, my first
- wish would be to place him in the interiour of our settlement where he
- would never see and scarcely hear of an Indian. But as this is
- impossible, from his being located in such a manner at Fort Wayne,
- that he cannot be removed without a very considerable expense, my next
- wish is to get such an appointment as he could consider an object,
- where he might be used to advantage, but at the same time so limited
- as to prevent his doing mischief.”[64]
-
-While Governor Harrison was doing his utmost to secure more territory
-from the Indians, he did not wish the newly purchased lands to fall into
-the hands of unscrupulous traders who used the bargaining power of
-whiskey to rob the Indians of their furs. This was especially true of
-the United States land around Fort Wayne, which was too distant from
-Vincennes to be under his effective control. When, in 1805, Harrison
-heard that it was intended to sell the government land around Fort Wayne
-immediately, he objected strongly. “I am very certain,” he wrote to the
-Secretary of War, “that the money which will be put into the Treasury by
-the sale of it will not counterbalance the inconveniences which will
-arise from having it settled with the description of people who will
-naturally buy it.”[65] He then pointed out that Fort Wayne was too far
-removed from any other settlement to entice American farmers to go
-there, and in all probability, only Indian traders would buy the land
-and would thus be out of the reach of the laws of the United States
-regulating Indian trade and commerce. He conceded that the Fort Wayne
-was fertile enough for farming and concluded by saying, “If the
-immediate settlement of it is an object I think it would be better to
-sell it by contract upon the condition that there would be within a
-given time a certain number of American farmers upon it.”[66]
-
-The government officials apparently accepted Harrison’s advice since the
-proposal to sell the Fort Wayne lands was laid aside. It is fortunate
-that this land was not sold, for it is unlikely that any farmers would
-have been attracted to this remote spot in northern Indiana during the
-forthcoming years of Indian difficulties on the frontier. If any
-settlers had come, it is doubtful that they could have survived the War
-of 1812. Consequently, Fort Wayne was destined to remain until the end
-of that war primarily a government outpost of diplomacy, defense, and
-trade, represented by the Indian agency, the military garrison, and the
-government factory. There were a few farms of value, such as those of
-Wells and the officers, but while the land was fertile, the market was
-too distant for the crops to bring any considerable return. The
-civilians living in the neighborhood were, for the most part, French
-families who still found the fur trade profitable, along with a few
-American traders and sutlers. None of these people held any title to the
-lands they occupied.
-
-
-[1]Lieut. John Boyer, “Daily Journal of Wayne’s Campaign,” _Michigan
- Pioneer and Historical Collections_, XXXIV, 554.
-
-[2]T. B. Helm, _History of Allen County, Indiana_, p. 37.
-
-[3]Lieut. William Clark, famous explorer of the great Northwest, was an
- officer in Wayne’s Legion at the time of the construction of Fort
- Wayne.
-
-[4]Lieut. Boyer, _loc. cit._, p. 556.
-
-[5]Wayne to Knox, Oct. 17, 1794, quoted in Charles Slocum. _Op. cit._,
- p. 217.
-
-[6]Lieut. Boyer, _loc. cit._, p. 561.
-
-[7]Charles Slocum, _op. cit._, p. 221.
-
-[8]Hamtramck to Wayne, Aug. 13, 1795, Hamtramck Papers, Burton
- Historical Collection.
-
-[9]Hamtramck to Wayne, Dec. 5, 1794, _Michigan Pioneer and Historical
- Collections_, XXXLV, 734.
-
-[10]Concerning Jacques Lasselle see _Above_, [p. 14.]
-
-[11]Charlotte Reeve Conover, _Concerning the Forefathers_, p. 69.
-
-[12]Harry Wildes, _Anthony Wayne_, p. 438.
-
-[13]H. S. Knapp, _op. cit._, p. 357.
-
-[14]_Ibid._, p. 357.
-
-[15]Otho Winger, _The Last of the Miamis_, p. 8.
-
-[16]Comte De Volney, _View of the Climate and Soil of the United States
- of America_, p. 413.
-
-[17]Hamtramck to Wayne, July 18, 1793, Hamtramck Papers, Penn Historical
- Society, microfilm at Burton Historical Collection.
-
-[18]Milo N. Quaife, _Chicago From Indian Wigwam to Modern City_, p. 122.
-
-[19]Harry Wildes, _op. cit._, p. 435.
-
-[20]_Indiana Historical Collections, XV, Fort Wayne Gateway of the West,
- Garrison Orderly Books, Indian Agency Account Book_, ed. Bert J.
- Griswold, p. 87 ff.
-
-[21]Philip Ostrander to George Hoffman, Oct. 4, 1807, Kingsbury Papers,
- Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[22]John Whipple to J. Kingsbury, Sept. 10, 1804, Kingsbury Papers,
- Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[23]_Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collections_, VIII, 445.
-
-[24]Comte de Volney, _op. cit._, p. 332.
-
-[25]_Fort Wayne Garrison Orderly Books_, _IHC_, XV, ed. B. J. Griswold,
- pp. 173-4, 150, 251, 255, 281-6.
-
-[26]Francis Parkman, _The Conspiracy of Pontiac_, I, 260, 280.
-
-[27]These two roads later came to be called Columbia and Barr streets.
- For a long time Wayne’s Trace was known as the “Bloody Path” because
- of Harmar’s and St. Clair’s defeats along this route.
-
-[28]_IHC_, XV, _Fort Wayne Orderly Books_, ed. Griswold, pp. 201-2.
-
-[29]Wells to Hamtramck, Oct. 29, 1801, Hamtramck Papers, Burton
- Historical Library.
-
-[30]Although slavery was forbidden in the Indiana Territory by the
- Northwest Ordinance of 1787, government officials and army officers
- stationed at Fort Wayne occasionally kept one or two blacks as
- slaves. This practice existed at other posts and in the case of Fort
- Snelling, Minnesota led to the series of events behind the famous
- Dred Scott decision in 1857.
-
-[31]Wilkinson to Major James Bruff, June 18, 1797, _American State
- Papers, Miscellaneous Affairs_, Vol. I, p. 586.
-
-[32]General Orders, July 9, 1797, General Orders—General James
- Wilkinson, 1797-1808 War Department Archives, Old Records Division,
- Photostat in Burton Historical Collection.
-
-[33]Frances B. Heitman, _Historical Register and Dictionary of the
- United States Army, from its organization September 29, 1789 to
- March 2, 1903_, I, 557.
-
-[34]Gerard T. Hopkins, _A Mission to the Indians from the Committee of
- Baltimore Yearly Meeting to Fort Wayne in 1804_, p. 55.
-
-[35]Dearborn to Col. Kingsbury, July 9, 1803, and Dearborn to Burbeck
- July 20, 1803, Kingsbury Papers, Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[36]Pike to Kingsbury, June 29, 1803, Kingsbury Papers, Chicago
- Historical Society Library.
-
-[37]Gerard T. Hopkins, _op. cit._, p. 60.
-
-[38]_See below_, pp. [p 64-68.]
-
-[39]Comte de Volney, _op. cit._, p. 401.
-
-[40]Hamtramck to Wells; June 27, 1796, Hamtramck Papers, Burton
- Historical Collection.
-
-[41]Wells to Hamtramck, March 15, 1797, Hamtramck Papers, Burton
- Historical Collection.
-
-[42]Charlotte Reeve Conover, _Concerning the Forefathers, being a memoir
- ... of two pioneers, Colonel Robert Patterson and Colonel John
- Johnson_, p. 52.
-
-[43]_ASP, Indian Affairs_, II, 82-5.
-
-[44]_IHC, XV, Indian Agency Account Book_, ed. Bert Griswold, pp.
- 453-466.
-
-[45]Charlotte Reeve Conover, _op. cit._, p. 42; _ASP, Indian Affairs_,
- II, 84.
-
-[46]_IHC_, XV, _Fort Wayne Orderly Books_, ed. Bert Griswold, pp. 268-9.
-
-[47]_ASP, Indian Affairs_, I, 773.
-
-[48]_Ibid._, p. 791.
-
-[49]_IHC_, XV, _Indian Agency Account Book_, pp. 660, 650, 637, 618,
- 581.
-
-[50]Wells to Hamtramck, November 3, 1800, Hamtramck Papers, Burton
- Historical Collection.
-
-[51]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 80.
-
-[52]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 125.
-
-[53]_Ibid._, p. 81.
-
-[54]_Ibid._, pp. 148-9.
-
-[55]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 81.
-
-[56]Calvin Young, _Little Turtle_, p. 175.
-
-[57]cf. Gerard T. Hopkins, _A Mission to the Indians from the Committee
- of Baltimore Yearly Meeting to Fort Wayne in 1804_.
-
-[58]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 133.
-
-[59]Francis Vigo was a Sardinian adventurer who came to America with a
- Spanish regiment. He was unstinting with his aid to George Rogers
- Clark before and after the capture of Vincennes by the Americans.
- Harrison considered Vigo as one of his most valuable assistants.
-
-[60]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 146.
-
-[61]Wells to Friends at Baltimore, May 10, 1805, quoted in Kathryn
- Troxel, “A Quaker Mission Among the Indians”, _Old Fort News_, VII,
- (1942) 11.
-
-[62]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 146.
-
-[63]_Ibid._, p. 161.
-
-[64]_Ibid._, pp. 508-9.
-
-[65]_Ibid._, p. 149.
-
-[66]_Ibid._, p. 149.
-
-
-
-
- Chapter III
- The Impending Conflict
-
-
-A dozen years had passed since the battle of Fallen Timbers and the
-defeat suffered by the Indians at that time was growing dim in their
-memories. English traders and military officials at Malden encouraged
-the red men to strike once again the Americans who were fast turning
-their hunting lands into farms and settlements. The occasion awaited
-only a second Pontiac. That leader came in the person of Tecumseh, the
-Shawnee. Tecumseh saw his race driven from their native land, their
-morals debased, their independence destroyed, and their means of
-subsistence cut off. He looked for the cause of these evils, and
-believed he found it in the flood of white immigration.
-
-With Tecumseh came his brother Elskwatwa, better known as “the Prophet”.
-The Prophet prophesied the resurgence of the Indians, and although his
-character was not as great as Tecumseh’s, for a time he overshadowed
-Tecumseh. As Pontiac had conspired against the British, so Tecumseh and
-the Prophet came to destroy the Americans. Unfortunately for the white
-settlers on the frontier, their great scheme neared its climax
-simultaneously with the outbreak of war between the United States and
-Great Britain.
-
-The small outpost at Fort Wayne was to play an important part in the
-events preceding the conflict as well as in the war itself. Captain
-Wells, through his close acquaintanceship with the Indians, kept well
-informed of conditions. He was the first to notify the Secretary of War,
-Dearborn, of the new danger emanating from the Prophet’s power.[1] In
-June, 1807, Wells reported that a sort of religious madness had spread
-among the Indians. A constant stream of warriors had passed Fort Wayne,
-on the way to the Prophet during April and May; at least 1,500, he
-estimated, had made the pilgrimage to Greenville, and many more were due
-in August and September, after the Indian crops had ripened. A month
-later he wrote to Governor Harrison:
-
- Two confidential Indians that I sent to that quarter [Mackinac] have
- returned today and say that all the Indians in that quarter believe in
- what the Prophet tells them.... I am also informed by a letter from
- Detroit that the inhabitants of that place are fortifying themselves.
- We are all alarmed at this place, myself excepted, as I can see no
- danger as yet at our doors. Something must be done. It cannot be done
- too soon.[2]
-
-Wells had sized up the situation correctly. The threat was real and
-dangerous, but not immediate. That winter he informed Harrison that
-there was a very unusual assemblage of Potawatomis in the vicinity of
-Fort Wayne; however, he added that he thought their intentions were
-pacific. Harrison was not so certain of their friendly intentions and
-requested Wells to send two or three chiefs to him that he might
-ascertain their true purpose. The Secretary of War was even more alarmed
-at the news, and he urged Harrison to visit Fort Wayne in order to find
-out their real object. Dearborn also mistrusted Wells, who, he thought,
-was “too attentive to pecuniary considerations.”[3]
-
-Despite the reports of dissatisfaction with the conduct of Wells by his
-superiors, Harrison and Dearborn, Congress, in 1808, in recognition of
-his past services, granted him the right of pre-emption to one section
-of land in the present Spy Run and Bloomingdale districts of Fort Wayne
-at $1.25 an acre. It was in this section that Wells had already
-established his farm. Wells died before he could pre-empt the land, but
-his children took advantage of the government’s offer and entered the
-property in 1823.
-
-To Fort Wayne, in September, 1809, came Governor Harrison, in spite of
-the threatening conditions of the community, to make what proved to be
-his final treaty with the Indians in Indiana Territory. The scene that
-was enacted was a memorable one. On the one side were arrayed the
-Governor with his servant, his secretary, four Indian interpreters, and
-the officers of the fort; on the other, the painted warriors of the
-Miamis, the Potawatomis, the Delawares, and the Weas. On the third day
-of the council, 892 warriors were present, on the day of actual signing
-of the treaty, 1,390 were there.[4] Never before had such a large number
-of Indians been assembled to meet a commissioner of the United States.
-There were enough supplies on hand to meet this unexpected demand,
-although the garrison lacked necessary provisions for some time
-afterward.
-
-By adroit maneuvering and clever diplomacy, Governor Harrison secured
-his objective. The agreement, signed on the 17th of September, added to
-the domain of the United States an area of 2,900,000 acres, the greater
-portion of which was situated north of the old Vincennes tract. For this
-were exchanged the usual annuities to be paid to the Indians, a great
-deal of these being in the form of domestic animals to be delivered at
-Fort Wayne. Moreover, an armorer was to be employed at Fort Wayne for
-the benefit of the Indians. The result of the treaty had little direct
-effect on Fort Wayne, other than making it possible for the line of
-civilization to move closer to it.
-
-In connection with the treaty of Fort Wayne, the complex question of
-Captain Wells arose once more to plague the Governor. On April 8, 1809,
-prior to Harrison’s coming to Fort Wayne, Wells wrote to him in detail
-concerning the activities of the Prophet. In the letter Wells offered
-his assistance in forthcoming treaty negotiations.[5] Two weeks after
-writing this letter, Wells was dismissed as Indian agent at Fort Wayne
-by Secretary of War, Dearborn. This was shortly before the latter left
-the War Department. Apparently General Dearborn believed that Wells did
-not always use the public funds for the best interest of the government.
-The surprising fact is that Harrison, supposedly the immediate superior
-of Wells, first learned of the agent’s dismissal when he arrived at Fort
-Wayne to negotiate the treaty. Harrison was surprised and also a little
-angered at not being consulted in the matter.
-
-Upon the governor’s arrival, Wells solicited Harrison’s intervention in
-his behalf and again tendered his aid in bringing the contemplated
-treaty to a successful conclusion. After the treaty was signed, and
-while he was still at Fort Wayne, Harrison wrote to William Eustis,
-Dearborn’s successor about the matter, saying that Wells had rendered
-most essential services during the negotiations. Harrison then added:
-
- “He [Wells] professes himself to be unconscious of any crime which
- merits the treatment he has received. I think from his former services
- he deserves a hearing, and if his removal has been occasioned by
- misrepresentations, and a vacancy should occur in the Indian
- Department the government would find it to their account in placing
- him in it.”[6]
-
-Back at Vincennes, two months later, Harrison wrote to Eustis in a
-somewhat different tone. First he gave a detailed account of Wells’
-career, mentioning his natural abilities as well as the defects in his
-character. Harrison then said that since the treaty of Fort Wayne,
-Wells’ conduct was so unfavorable that it did away with all favorable
-impressions which his zeal for the treaty had created. However, he
-concluded that it would be better to employ Wells in some position
-within the Department than not to make use of him at all.[7]
-
-Having heard that Wells might be reinstated in the Indian Department,
-John Johnston, Wells’ bitterest enemy at Fort Wayne, wrote immediately
-to Harrison saying:
-
- I think you will have to give up all idea of taking up —— [Johnston
- usually referred to Wells by a dash in the letter] again. He is too
- unprincipled to be employed anywhere, except as an interpreter, and
- under your own eye.... I could detail to you a thousand instances of
- his total disregard of everything that is held sacred by honest and
- honorable men. Admitting he was restored here again ... he would be
- useless to you and the government; for the latter never would put any
- confidence in his representations, and the public interest would
- thereby suffer. He has so long travelled in the crooked, miry paths of
- intrigue and deception, that he never could be made to retrace his
- steps, and pursue a straight, fair, and honorable course, such as
- might be creditable to himself and useful to his country. My opinion
- of him is made up from a long residence at this post, and an intimate
- knowledge of his character, both public and private ... the sooner all
- hope of his reestablishment is at an end, it will be the better, for
- he is becoming a pest here, and will move off if he finds he cannot be
- reinstated.[8]
-
-Under Article 9 of the treaty of Fort Wayne, part of the land cession of
-the Indians was valid only with the consent of the Kickapoo tribe. On
-December 9, they signed a separate treaty and in it added another tract
-this time subject to the consent of the Miamis. Johnston accused Wells
-and Little Turtle of stirring up opposition among the Miamis against the
-new cession of land.
-
-Harrison’s displeasure with Wells became more intense when he learned
-that a false story was circulated among the Indians around Fort Wayne
-after the treaty, charging Harrison with buying the lands for his own
-use and that of the people of Vincennes. What part Wells played in this
-is not clear. Harrison believed him to be to a large extent responsible,
-primarily by acting as an agent for William McIntosh, a Scotch Tory.
-McIntosh was eager to prevent the settling of the new land, as he had
-acquired title to it from the French at Vincennes.
-
-The situation was made even more delicate and dangerous by the fact that
-Tecumseh and the Prophet refused absolutely to recognize the validity of
-the Fort Wayne treaty.
-
-In October, the Indians were called to Fort Wayne on Harrison’s order,
-in order that Johnston might stop the spread of false stories
-circulating about the treaty. During the council, Johnston brought up
-the question that he found was being agitated among the Indians, that is
-petitioning for the removal of Governor Harrison, on the grounds of
-misconduct in office. Johnston thought that Wells was the one
-responsible for the petition, and told the Indians, “that whoever
-advised them to it was a wicked bad man and not their friend.”[9] The
-Owl, a Miami chief, maintained that all the mischief going on among them
-had sprung from Wells and Little Turtle. Johnston also reported that
-Wells had gone to Washington in an attempt to regain his old position as
-Indian agent, and Johnston hoped that if Wells failed, he would leave
-Fort Wayne.
-
-Johnston’s report confirmed Harrison in his belief that Wells was acting
-as an agent for William McIntosh, by spreading the false stories
-concerning the governor’s relations with the tribes. The question of
-Wells’ connection with McIntosh deserves some attention as the quarrel
-between McIntosh and Harrison was more than one of mere personalities.
-Their dispute was involved in that of the land speculators and Indian
-traders on the one hand and the government authority, represented
-primarily by the governor, on the other. Harrison did all in his power
-to check the purchase of the Indian lands by speculators and traders. It
-has been noted above that he prevented the sale of the Fort Wayne lands
-owned by the government for fear of these lands being purchased by
-unscrupulous traders. It is possible that Wells fell in line with
-McIntosh in the latter’s quarrel with the governor. Johnston hints that
-Wells was eager to trade with the Indians himself, and it is to be
-remembered that Wells and Peter Audrian tried to prevent the execution
-of the treaty with the Delawares in 1805.[10]
-
-In the fall of 1810, Harrison brought a libel suit against William
-McIntosh for slander in regard to the alleged misconduct in the treaty
-negotiations and general mismanagement of the Indian affairs in the
-territory on the part of the governor. The trial became a test between
-the land speculators and Indian traders and Harrison. By the time the
-trial was over, it included a complete examination of Harrison’s conduct
-as territorial governor. Connected with the affair were the “Letters of
-Decius”, a series of attacks on the governor by an Irish lawyer, Isaac
-Darneille.[11] Considerable attention was directed to the trial
-throughout the Northwest; the Cincinnati and Frankfort papers carried
-lengthy accounts of it. The jury gave a verdict in favor of Harrison,
-and granted him damages of four thousand dollars.
-
-In respect to Wells, it is surprising to learn that he testified at the
-trial in behalf of Harrison, stating that he found the governor’s manner
-of dealing with the Indians in the councils at all times just. At first
-glance, it would seem as though Harrison had been wrong in accusing
-Wells of scheming with McIntosh, and it is possible that Harrison may
-have been. However, such a contradiction of previous action is in
-keeping with the pattern of Wells’ character and life. William Wells was
-undoubtedly an intelligent and shrewd man, but with this ability was
-combined a capacity for intrigue for his own benefit, which prevented
-his superiors from relying on him and most of the Indians in his later
-life from trusting in him. In trying to play the part of a “Talleyrand”
-in Indian affairs, Wells failed miserably. Why he chose this manner of
-accomplishing his purposes is unknown. Possibly his connection with both
-the white and red races prompted him to believe himself a mediator, who,
-incidentally, could profit by the differences between the two.
-
-Wells had many enemies and a few friends among both races. If there is
-any value in the observation, it is to be noted that most of his friends
-were made in his early life, while his enemies were made after he became
-Indian agent at Fort Wayne. Among the Indians, Little Turtle was Wells’
-most intimate associate, although Five Medals, Blue Jacket, and many of
-the older chiefs were also counted among his friends. Richardville, one
-of the shrewdest of the Miamis, did not trust Wells. The Prophet and
-Tecumseh, as well as Winamac and the White Loon hated Wells. Harrison
-admitted shortly before Wells’ unexpected death that Wells deserved some
-credit from the circumstance that the line that separated his friends
-among the chiefs from his enemies was precisely the same as one Harrison
-would have designated to separate the friends of the American cause from
-its enemies.
-
-Among Wells’ white friends were General Wayne, who valued his services
-immensely, and Colonel Hamtramck, who was also Wells’ business
-associate. Other commanders at Fort Wayne, notably Captain Heald thought
-highly of him. On the other hand, his superiors—Harrison, Dearborn, and
-Eustis—felt that he was unfaithful and not worthy of their trust, while
-John Johnston despised him.
-
-Considering all this, it is no wonder that Harrison wrote to the
-Secretary of War in one of his last letters concerning William Wells:
-
- If my letters and opinions on the subject of Wells have appeared to
- you in any degree inconsistent and contradictory I can not say that
- they have not exhibited a faithful presentation of what has passed in
- my mind. You will do me justice in believing that this has not
- proceeded from fickleness of temper or any less worthy cause but from
- the contradictory impressions which a knowledge of his superior
- talents for an appointment in the Indian Department and the fear of
- his possessing dispositions which might in some degree prove
- dangerous, have made upon me. Without troubling you again with
- observations upon his character which I have before frequently made I
- will merely mention the conclusions which my mind has arrived at after
- much reflection. Could I be allowed to dispose of Wells as I thought
- proper my first wish would be to place him in the Interiour of our
- settlements where he would never see and scarely hear of an Indian.
- But as this is impossible from his being located in such a manner at
- Fort Wayne, that he cannot be removed without very considerable
- expence my next wish is to get him such an appointment as he could
- consider an object where he might be used to advantage but at the same
- time so limited as to prevent his doing mischief. I sincerely believe
- that he would now be faithful. His activities and talents need not be
- doubted.[11a]
-
-Harrison still found Wells’ ability worth while and made use of this
-despite the latter’s severance from the Indian department. In April,
-Wells and John Conner were sent to the Prophet’s town to investigate the
-murder of four white people in the neighborhood. Wells had a prolonged
-conversation with Tecumseh during which the Shawnee openly declared his
-intention to resist the white encroachments. In July, Tecumseh came to
-Vincennes with a large body of Indians and once more protested strongly
-against the agreements of the Fort Wayne treaty of 1809.
-
-In the midst of this agitation, Captain Heald, the commander at Fort
-Wayne, was transferred to the post at Fort Dearborn. Captain Heald was
-followed shortly by his young bride, Rebekah Wells, the favorite niece
-of William Wells. Arriving on May 15, 1810, Capt. James Rhea took over
-the command of Fort Wayne. Rhea was a native of New Jersey, and had
-received a commission in the army in 1791. He was promoted to first
-lieutenant in 1800, and was commissioned a captain in 1807. He had
-served with Wayne’s army and for a time was assigned to the command of
-Fort Industry on the Maumee River. Shortly before coming to Fort Wayne,
-Captain Rhea married Polly Forsyth, the 18 year old daughter of James
-Forsyth, a wealthy Detroit merchant.[12]
-
-Two days after his arrival at Fort Wayne, Captain Rhea wrote to his
-superior, Colonel Kingsbury:
-
- ... I found Capt. Heald at this Place; he starts in the morning ... I
- am much pleased with my Command; I hope to be continued here ... at
- this Post every thing has been going on very correct; I mean to take
- the Tract of Capt. Heald as near as possible ... I have been very ill
- with Rheumatism Pains ever since I left you. I don’t know if ever I
- shall recover, I have not had a Night Sleep in two Weeks.[13]
-
-The following month Captain Rhea reported that he was still suffering a
-great deal from the rheumatic attacks; nevertheless during his first
-year at Fort Wayne, the captain displayed the qualities of a good
-commander. He made considerable repairs on the fort and carried out a
-program of sanitation and land clearance. He knew of the impending
-trouble with the Indians, but he failed, when the time came, to grasp
-the opportunity of achieving recognition. At the critical moment,
-Captain Rhea proved to be a weak character, given somewhat to alarmist
-tendencies. During the siege of Fort Wayne, he displayed appalling
-cowardice and a fondness for whiskey which proved his undoing. Whether
-or not he sought to relieve his continued attacks of rheumatism by
-alcohol can only be surmised, but his decline from the position taken in
-his first garrison order at Fort Wayne to that of a slave of alcohol in
-1812, forms a striking reversal. In his first order on May 20, 1810, he
-noted the “abonimable [sic] practice” of drunkenness among the men, and
-commented that he was “much hurt to see so much intoxication.”[14]
-
-From the captain’s first quarterly report for the months of April, May,
-and June, 1810, we have the following information in regard to the
-garrison:
-
- Officers: Captain, James Rhea; First Lieutenant, William Whistler;
- Second Lieutenant, Philip Ostrander; Composition of the Company;
- Native Americans, 36; Englishmen, 1; Irishmen, 11; Frenchmen 2; total,
- 50. Strength of the Company: 1 captain, 2 subalterns, 3 sergeants, 2
- corporals, 3 musicians, 39 privates.[15]
-
-Captain Rhea’s report for November was almost identical in regard to the
-number of his men, but he added that the garrison was 31 men short of
-its required strength of 81 men. He also felt that the arms of the
-garrison were in bad condition, while on the other hand, the clothing of
-the men was in good condition and the fort was regularly supplied with
-provisions and ammunition. Captain Rhea reported the discipline of the
-troops to be good, but actually it could have been no better than usual,
-judging from the numerous court martials recorded in the garrison orders
-during his command.[16]
-
-During the summer of 1811, Fort Wayne became for the Indians the central
-point between the Prophet’s Town on the Tippecanoe river and Malden, the
-British post across from Detroit where arms and ammunition were
-distributed to the red men. On August 11, 1811, John Shaw, the assistant
-government agent at Fort Wayne, reported to the Secretary of War that
-the situation in regard to the Prophet was growing serious, and many of
-the neutral tribes were coming to him for advice.[17] To determine the
-exact disposition of these neutral tribes, in particular the Miamis,
-Delawares, and Potawatomis, Governor Harrison dispatched Toussaint
-Dubois to Fort Wayne. In a council on the 4th of September, Dubois found
-the Indians divided almost equally for and against the Prophet’s
-schemes. After receiving Dubois’ report, Harrison instructed John
-Johnston to separate the friendly Indians from the others and to place
-them, if possible, in settlements on the White River, where they would
-be safe from the contemplated attack of the American army on the
-Prophet’s town.
-
-With regular troops and militia, Governor Harrison advanced up the
-Wabash in October towards the Prophet’s town on the Tippecanoe river.
-Early in the morning of November 7, 1811, on the fields of Tippecanoe,
-the Prophet’s forces attacked Harrison’s Army, but were driven back
-after a hard fought battle. At Fort Wayne the first reports of the
-engagement indicated that the Americans had suffered a severe defeat.
-Until the correct information was received a week later, the garrison
-and populace were in a state of great anxiety.
-
-Two weeks after the battle, on the 22 of November, the period for the
-annual meeting of the Indians to receive their annuities having arrived,
-the tribes assembled at Fort Wayne in great numbers. Many of the chiefs
-were fresh from Tippecanoe, but they claimed their annuities along with
-peaceful tribes, saying that the Prophet alone was to blame for the
-hostilities, and that he had been imprisoned by his own followers.
-Although entirely untrue, these stories had the desired effect on John
-Johnston, and he was thereby induced to grant the Indians their
-annuities. Many of the tribes were sincere in seeking peace at this
-time, but Johnston’s hasty action in granting the annuities provoked
-Harrison, who heretofore had never criticized the factor’s decisions.
-
-Shortly after this incident, Johnston was transferred to Piqua, Ohio, to
-act as principal agent for the Shawnee tribe. His precipitate action in
-regard to the annuities had nothing to do with the transfer, since
-Johnston himself had applied for the change in positions, five months
-before the battle of Tippecanoe, in order to be near his farm at Piqua,
-Ohio.
-
-Johnston’s successor, Major Benjamin Franklin Stickney was a singularly
-brave man, but very eccentric and headstrong. A suggestion of his
-eccentric character is found in the choice of names for his children.
-The sons were styled, “One, Two, and Three” and the daughters bore the
-names of states of the union. Benjamin Stickney had been in the
-government service at Upper Sandusky, Ohio, prior to coming to Fort
-Wayne. While at Fort Wayne, he and his family occupied the council
-house, located just outside the stockade of the fort.
-
-Stickney was rather cold and heartless in his attitude towards the
-Indians. In 1815, testifying before a Senate committee, he stated:
-
- ... it is cheaper to reduce them [Indians] by meat and bread than by
- force of arms; and from the observations I have had the opportunity of
- making, three or four months full feeding on meat and bread ... will
- bring on disease, and in six or eight months great mortality ... I
- believe that more Indians might be killed with the expense of $100,000
- in this way than $1,000,000 expended in the support of armies to go
- against them.[18]
-
-In December Tecumseh visited Fort Wayne. He had not been a participant
-in the battle of Tippecanoe, as the conflict had been instigated by the
-Prophet while Tecumseh was visiting the tribes along the Ohio river. The
-outcome of the battle had ruined his plan of an Indian confederation,
-but Tecumseh was still confident he could succeed with the help of the
-British. At Fort Wayne he made bitter reproaches against Governor
-Harrison; and at the same time demanded ammunition from Captain Rhea,
-who refused. McAfee relates that Tecumseh “then said he would go to his
-British father, who would not deny him. He appeared thoughtful a while,
-and then gave the warwhoop and went off.”[19]
-
-Such was the spirit in which Tecumseh left Fort Wayne. The year 1812
-became a period of terror throughout the West. Fort Wayne, in the center
-of the turmoil and uncertainty preceding the outbreak of the war, became
-an excellent listening-post for the news passing between Malden and the
-Indians along the Wabash. Harrison and the officials of the War
-Department paid particular attention to the information gathered by
-Wells, Stickney and John Shaw at Fort Wayne. On February 10, Wells
-reported that two British emissaries passed Fort Wayne on their way to
-the Prophet’s village. He added that the Potawatomis were ready to
-strike the Americans at Fort Dearborn and Fort Wayne whenever war was
-declared between the United States and Great Britain.[20]
-
-On March 1, Wells wrote that Tecumseh had arrived on the Wabash and that
-“he has determined to raise all the Indians he can, immediately, with an
-intention, no doubt, to attack our frontiers.”[21] Writing to General
-Hull, Benjamin Stickney came to the conclusion, somewhat belatedly, that
-it was necessary to cut off all communication between the Indians within
-the territory of the United States and Canada.[22] Stickney was also
-extremely annoyed by the activities of Esidore Chaine, a clever agitator
-employed by the British to maintain connections with the Indians in the
-Fort Wayne area. Chaine had held several conferences with the Indians,
-advising them to remain at peace with the Americans until war broke out
-between Great Britain and the United States.
-
-The last report of Tecumseh’s actions before the outbreak of the war
-came from Wells at Fort Wayne. On June 17, Tecumseh stopped long enough
-at Fort Wayne for Wells to find out that the chief was on his way to
-Malden to receive from the British twelve horse loads of ammunition for
-the use of his people at Tippecanoe. The following day, Congress
-declared war against Great Britain. A week later the news arrived at
-Fort Wayne and the other Northwestern posts.
-
-Even at this hour the question of whether Harrison had full control over
-the Indian factor at Fort Wayne or not remained unsettled. This time
-Benjamin Stickney, rather than Wells, chose to display his independence
-of the Governor. However, the matter did relate to Captain Wells, who at
-the time intended to retire altogether from governmental service at Fort
-Wayne and move to Kentucky. Having been informed of this by Colonel
-Geiger, Wells’ father-in-law, and believing the presence of Wells at
-Fort Wayne was necessary at this critical time, Governor Harrison wrote
-to Benjamin Stickney, saying that Stickney should consider Wells under
-his immediate orders and that he should employ Wells wherever possible
-and beneficial for the government.
-
-To this order Stickney replied:
-
- In all my instructions from the secretary of war ... he has not given
- me the least intimation that I was to consider myself under the
- direction of any other officer than himself. And as I received my
- appointment from the secretary of war by the approbation of the
- President it appears to be a dictate of common sense that I should
- consider his instructions as the rule of my conduct. And he has
- instructed me to have nothing to do with Wells and that Wells is to
- have nothing to do with Indian affairs at Fort Wayne. Nevertheless
- every communication from you shall be attended to by me with the
- greatest cheerfullness and conformed to as far as my instructions with
- the Department will permit.[23]
-
-Stickney’s attitude provoked Harrison a great deal. The governor
-immediately dispatched a lengthy letter to the Secretary of War in which
-he brought up the entire question of his authority over the Indian
-agents in Indiana Territory, and he urged the War Department to correct
-any misconceptions relating to it. Reference was made by Harrison to the
-incident of Wells acting independently in 1803 and the vindication of
-Harrison’s authority over Wells at that time. Finally, Harrison
-caustically observed that “it has been reserved for the ‘Common sense’
-of Mr. Stickney to discover that no such obligation existed because he
-derived his appointment immediately from you.”[24]
-
-Truly the situation did call for the utmost vigilance from the members
-of the Indian department and demanded harmony and concert in their
-measures. If Stickney would have been permitted to stand upon ground
-independent of the governor, their plans could have resulted in
-contradiction that would have produced a discord fatal to the interests
-of the nation. Harrison had directed Stickney to correspond regularly
-with him concerning the trend of events at Fort Wayne and to send copies
-of all such correspondence to the War Department in order that it might
-be fully and immediately informed of the important happenings at Fort
-Wayne. Harrison had also ordered Wells to send any messages directed to
-him through Stickney. However, Wells naturally disregarded these
-instructions whenever he wrote to Harrison concerning Stickney’s
-actions.
-
-Stickney was the subject matter of Wells’ last two letters to the
-Governor. On July 22, Wells reported that the Prophet with one hundred
-of his followers had been at Fort Wayne for ten days and planned to
-leave that day. During this interval Major Stickney appeared to have
-been completely beguiled by the Prophet’s declarations of neutrality.
-Despite Tippecanoe and the fact that Tecumseh was already allied with
-the British, Stickney allowed the Prophet to take the lead in the
-councils with Indians and freely gave the Prophet ammunition and
-supplies. On July 19, the Prophet received word from Tecumseh to send
-the women and children west of the Mississippi and to unite the warriors
-for a blow at Vincennes. In order to make better time the Prophet’s men
-stole two riding horses from Wells’ farm and proceeded westward. To make
-sure that Stickney would suspect nothing, the Prophet informed him of
-the theft of the horses and dispatched two men on foot, supposedly to
-find the thieves. According to Wells, Stickney swallowed this bait and
-congratulated the Prophet on his honesty.[25]
-
-Two weeks before his death at Fort Dearborn, Wells wrote to Harrison,
-stating that Stickney, “does not consider himself under your constraint.
-He declares publicly that you have no authority over him. Your speech to
-the Indians has been here seven weeks and has never been communicated to
-the Indians by the agent.”[26] Thus in his last letter, Wells had
-completed the circle of contradiction and now stood with Harrison in an
-attempt to uphold the governor’s authority over the agent at Fort Wayne.
-
-To his credit, Harrison saw the importance of having Wells remain at
-Fort Wayne during this crucial time. Concerning this, Harrison wrote to
-the Secretary of War, “He [Wells] is ... able from his influence over a
-few chiefs of great ability to effect more than any other person
-particularly with regard to the _now_ all important point of obtaining
-information.”[27]
-
-Three days after Harrison wrote this, Wells’ most intimate friend and
-greatest of the chiefs, Little Turtle, died at Fort Wayne. The chief had
-long suffered from the gout, and in order that he might have the
-attendance of the post surgeon, he was brought from his village on the
-Eel river to the home of Wells. Little Turtle was buried with full
-military honors on Captain Wells’ farm, Captain Rhea and the officers of
-the garrison being present.[28]
-
-Within a period of two weeks after the death of Little Turtle, General
-William Hull, governor of Michigan and commandant of a strong American
-force at Detroit, sent an order to Fort Dearborn, instructing the
-commander Captain Nathan Heald to evacuate the fort and transfer the
-occupants of the lonely post to Fort Wayne. Hull also sent word of the
-intended evacuation to Fort Wayne, ordering the officers there to
-cooperate in the movement by rendering Captain Heald any information and
-assistance in their power. Captain Wells, spurred by a desire to aid in
-the evacuation and by the fact of his close relationship with Mrs.
-Heald, organized a company of thirty friendly Miamis and with Corporal
-W. K. Jordan from the garrison started for Fort Dearborn on August 8,
-1812. Milo Quaife asserts that the arrival of Wells five days later
-afforded the only ray of cheer and hope which came to the settlement in
-this time of danger.[29] Preparations for departure were under way when
-Wells arrived. Wells was downcast. To remain in the fort now meant death
-from starvation as all the supplies except the little needed for the
-journey had been destroyed or given to the Indians. The attempt to reach
-Fort Wayne was the only alternative.
-
-The story of the anguished departure from the fort on the morning of
-August 15 and the subsequent massacre need not be related here. Suffice
-it to say that Captain Wells was killed during the battle in an attempt
-to save the women and children. The Indians paid their sincerest tribute
-of respect to his bravery by cutting out his heart and eating it,
-thinking thus to imbibe the qualities of its owner in life. Quaife
-writes, “Wells was the real hero of the Chicago masacre, giving his life
-voluntarily to save his friends.”[30] Thus, Captain Wells’ colorful
-career was brought to a close. Paradoxically, he died while fighting
-against the Indians, although in his first battles he had fought on
-their side. In death as in life Wells remained an enigmatic figure, one
-who deserves far more attention by those endeavoring to understand the
-frontier with its curious mixture of romanticism and realism. Wells’
-companion from Fort Wayne, Corporal Jordan, was captured by the Indians
-but later made his escape, finally reaching the safety of Fort Wayne on
-August 26 after seven days in the wilderness.
-
-
-[1]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 223.
-
-[2]_Ibid._, p. 242.
-
-[3]_Ibid._, p. 285.
-
-[4]Elmore Barce, “Harrison and the Treaty of Fort Wayne, Indiana”,
- _Indiana Magazine of History_, II, 361.
-
-[5]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, p. 337.
-
-[6]Harrison to Eustis, Oct. 3, 1809, this letter was copied by Capt.
- Heald and sent to Colonel Kingsbury. This copy is to be found in the
- Kingsbury Papers, Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[7]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, pp.
- 393-5.
-
-[8]_Ibid._, p. 432.
-
-[9]_Ibid._, p. 477.
-
-[10]It must be remembered that the Indians were never completely passive
- to the surrender of their lands. This, Harrison often failed to take
- into account, when alleging instigation of the Indians by white men.
-
-[11]_cf._ Henry Adams, _History of the United States_, VI, 107.
-
-[11a]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey,
- pp. 508-9.
-
-[12]Capt. Rhea to Col. Kingsbury, March 18, 1810, Kingsbury Papers,
- Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[13]Capt. Rhea to Col. Kingsbury, May 17, 1810, Kingsbury Papers,
- Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[14]_IHC_, XV, Fort Wayne Orderly Books, ed. B. J. Griswold, 302.
-
-[15]Capt. Rhea to Col. Kingsbury, July 1, 1810, Kingsbury Papers, Misc.
- Letters, 1804-1813, Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[16]_IHC_, XV, ed. B. J. Griswold, pp. 302-350 _passim_.
-
-[17]_IHC_, VII, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 557.
-
-[18]_American State Papers, Indian Affairs_, II, 84-5.
-
-[19]McAfee, _History of the Late War in the Western Country_, p. 128.
-
-[20]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, pp.
- 21-2.
-
-[21]_Ibid._, p. 27.
-
-[22]_Ibid._, p. 53.
-
-[23]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 68.
-
-[24]_Ibid._, p. 69.
-
-[25]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, pp.
- 77-78.
-
-[26]Wells to Harrison, July 30, 1812, Burton Historical Collection.
-
-[27]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 70.
-
-[28]What is believed to be the grave of Little Turtle was discovered in
- 1912 at the home of Dr. George Gillie in the Spy Run section.
-
-[29]M. M. Quaife, _Chicago and the Old Northwest, 1673-1835_, p. 225.
-
-[30]_Ibid._, p. 217.
-
-
-
-
- Chapter IV
- The Siege of Fort Wayne
-
-
-At last the savages had struck their long deferred blow. The little
-garrison of eighty-five men at Fort Wayne received with alarm the first
-account of the massacre at Fort Dearborn. The news was conveyed by one
-of the friendly Miamis who had accompanied Wells to Fort Dearborn.
-Unknown to the garrison at this date was the fact that Detroit—the
-protecting center of the other northwestern posts—had been ingloriously
-surrendered on August 16 to a British-Indian force by General William
-Hull. Mackinac had already fallen to the British. Tecumseh and the
-British now turned their attention to the reduction of Fort Wayne and
-Fort Harrison (near Terre Haute, Indiana), as the principal remaining
-obstacles to prevent them from driving the white inhabitants beyond the
-Ohio river. After their success at Dearborn, a council was held by the
-Indian tribes and British officers at the Potawatomie villages. Here it
-was determined that the Potawatomies together with the Ottawas were to
-be assisted in the proposed siege of Fort Wayne by a British force under
-Major Muir. Meanwhile the Winnebagoes and Miamis would direct their
-attention toward Fort Harrison.
-
-When the people of Fort Wayne became aware of the gravity of their
-situation, it was determined to send the women and children to a safe
-refuge, the closest being Piqua, Ohio. In order to accomplish this,
-Captain John Logan, a Shawnee Indian, was sent by John Johnston from
-Piqua to conduct the group which numbered close to twenty-five. Among
-Logan’s charges on the hundred-mile journey were Ann, Rebecca, and Mary
-Wells, and the wives and children of Antoine Bondie, William Bailey, and
-Stephen Johnston. This was but the first of many acts of heroism on the
-part of the Shawnee brave, John Logan, during the war.[1]
-
-None too soon were the women and children removed to a place of safety,
-for in a short time about five hundred warriors began to gather quietly
-about Fort Wayne, encamping in the forest and seeking to avoid open
-evidence of hostility. Theirs was a waiting game, as the British had
-promised troops and artillery within a period of twenty days.
-
-Fortunately for the garrison and the people remaining near Fort Wayne,
-the Indian plan to attack the fort was discovered beforehand in much the
-same manner as Pontiac’s famous plan to capture Detroit had been
-revealed to the British at an earlier date in history. On the night of
-August 20, Metea, a Potawatomie chief, made his way under cover of
-darkness to the cabin of Antoine Bondie outside of the fort enclosure
-and there revealed to Bondie the plans of attack in order that Bondie
-and his Indian wife might escape death. Antoine Bondie, a French trader,
-was then about fifty years old and had lived with the Indians since he
-was twelve near the vicinity of Fort Wayne. Metea naturally thought that
-Bondie would join them and when the Frenchman did not decline the
-chief’s offer, he suspected nothing.
-
-However, Bondie accompanied by Charles Peltier, another French trader,
-went to Benjamin Stickney the following morning and informed the agent
-of the plot.[2] Stickney, who at a later date wrote his account of the
-siege, gave himself most of the credit for the turn the events then
-took.[3] At first, he relates, he was inclined to reject Bondie’s
-information as false, since a mistake in a matter of so much importance
-would have proved ruinous to his character and would have resulted in
-his disgraceful ejection from office. However, he informed Captain Rhea
-of the situation, and despite the fact that the Captain discredited
-Bondie’s story on the grounds that the latter was untrustworthy,
-Stickney determined to send an express to Harrison at Cincinnati and
-another to Captain Taylor at Terre Haute informing them of the state of
-affairs.
-
-Why Captain Rhea should have refused and Stickney should have hesitated
-to believe that an attack was imminent even though they knew of the
-massacre at Fort Dearborn is difficult to understand. It can be said in
-their defense that when Bondie revealed to them the plot of the red men,
-they had not yet heard of the surrender of Detroit; consequently, did
-not realize their position was so precarious. Lt. Curtis in his account
-of the siege of Fort Wayne states that many attempts were made to send
-messages through to Detroit, but that they all failed.[4] Earlier in the
-same day that Metea informed Bondie of the coming attack on Fort Wayne,
-Captain Rhea expressed the rather naive belief that the Potawatomies
-gathering about the fort intended to proceed to Piqua for a conference
-with the U. S. commissioners, and requested Governor Meigs of Ohio to
-send him instructions concerning the matter. At the same time Captain
-Rhea asked for information in regard to General Hull’s movements at
-Detroit, which indicated he knew nothing of the surrender.[5]
-
-Four days later it was becoming increasingly apparent that the
-information furnished by Antoine Bondie was no mere fiction. Stephen
-Johnston, who served as a clerk at the Fort Wayne factory after the
-departure of his older brother, described conditions surrounding the
-fort in a letter written August 24, 1812, to his wife at Piqua:
-
- “We have about four hundred Indians here. Their intentions are very
- suspicious. I have moved all the public goods into the garrison, so
- that I am now unincumbered by the business, and if it were not for Mr.
- Stickney’s illness, and having to attend to his department, I would
- leave the place for the present, as the trading establishment is at an
- end for the time being.”[6]
-
-On the 24 or 25 of August, Captain Rhea dispatched a message to General
-Worthington and Governor Meigs of Ohio, stating that he expected the
-fort to be attacked that night.[7] This was the last communication
-received from the garrison prior to the start of the siege. It is
-fortunate that these appeals for aid were sent by Benjamin Stickney and
-Captain Rhea as they served to hasten Harrison’s army of relief in time
-to save the fort. By August 28, Harrison, realizing the gravity of the
-situation, wrote to the Secretary of War, “The relief of Fort Wayne will
-be my first object.”[8]
-
-Meanwhile at Fort Wayne, both parties wished to delay the final
-conflict, the garrison in order to give time to Harrison to bring the
-necessary relief, and the Indians, from daily expectation of the arrival
-of the British force which had been promised them. Within the fort, the
-situation was rendered highly embarrassing and hazardous by the
-condition of Captain Rhea who began to drink heavily and was incapable
-of handling any duties. It is evident also that ill-feeling between
-Benjamin Stickney and the two lieutenants, Curtis and Ostrander, was not
-lacking. In his account, Stickney wrote, “The commanding officer was
-drunk nearly all the time, and the two lieutenants were inefficient men,
-entirely unfit to hold commissions of any grade.”[9] This last statement
-must be taken with some allowance, as Philip Ostrander was later made
-temporary commander of Fort Wayne with Harrison’s approval, and Daniel
-Curtis rose to the rank of captain after creditable service during the
-war.
-
-By August 28, the post was definitely in a state of siege. About ten
-o’clock that night Stephen Johnston, accompanied by Peter Oliver and a
-recently discharged soldier set out for Piqua, as Johnston was eager to
-join his wife there. When the three men had arrived at a point a short
-distance south of the fort, near what was the Hanna homestead, they were
-fired upon by the Indians. Johnston was killed instantly. The other two
-men fled back to the fort. A reward of twenty dollars, offered by
-Antoine Bondie the next day for the return of Johnston’s body to the
-fort—a work performed by a young chief, White Racoon—revealed the fact
-that Johnston had been scalped and tomahawked in a most brutal manner.
-
-No further proof of the attitude of the Indians was needed; however the
-next morning an Indian approached the fort and asked Stickney for a
-white flag in order that some of the chiefs might come and speak with
-him. The flag was granted under a promise of its being returned that
-day, but the Indians kept it several days during which time they were
-constantly plundering the gardens and cornfields and were killing and
-carrying away the cattle and hogs. This they did right under the guns of
-the fort, and comments Lt. Curtis, “we poor soldiers, either from
-cowardice or some other agency in our captain, were not suffered to fire
-a gun but obliged their repeated insults to pass with impunity.”[10]
-
-On one occasion a party of soldiers left the fort to check the Indians.
-For this the lieutenants were rebuked by Captain Rhea in an official
-order.[11] Finally the Indians bearing the flag before themselves
-approached the fort in large number, hoping evidently to be allowed to
-enter in such force as to be able to overpower the occupants. But only a
-few were admitted by Stickney, who designated thirteen chiefs who would
-be welcomed. Each chief was disarmed on entering the stockade and the
-party followed the agent to his quarters. At the request of Stickney the
-troops were paraded during the council which followed. When the council
-pipes were finished, Winamac addressing the agent disclaimed any part in
-the death of Johnston. “But,” he added, “if my father wishes for war, I
-am a man.”[12] With this expression he struck his hand upon a knife that
-was concealed under his blanket. Stickney at the time did not understand
-the language, but Antoine Bondie who was present and understood the
-whole force of what was said, sprang to his feet and, striking his own
-knife, shouted in Potawatomie, “I, too, am a man.”[13] His dramatic
-action, together with the appearance of the soldiers, fully armed,
-brought the plot to a finish. The Indians had hoped through the murder
-of Stickney and the officers, to be able to control the situation within
-the fort, even to the opening of the gates to allow the entrance of
-their warriors. However, they filed back to their encampment
-disappointed.
-
-The garrison was cheered on September 1 by the arrival of William Oliver
-who brought news of the approach of Harrison’s army. Oliver, who was
-then twenty-five years of age, had been connected with the fort as a
-sutler. While the Indians were gathering about the fort he was absent in
-Cincinnati purchasing supplies, and there he learned of the state of
-affairs at Fort Wayne. He enlisted with the Ohio troops and offered his
-services to General Harrison with the proposition that the general allow
-him to proceed from St. Mary’s, Ohio, to Fort Wayne with a small company
-as an advance detachment of the army of relief. This he did, but when
-the group of ninety-four men came within twenty-four miles of Fort
-Wayne, they ascertained the size of the besieging forces to be larger
-than they could safely meet in an open encounter. Oliver continued on,
-however, with three Shawnees—Captain John Logan, Captain Johnny, and
-Brighthorn. Well mounted and well armed, they eluded the vigilance of
-the besiegers and succeeded in reaching the Maumee river at a point one
-and a half miles east of the fort. Here they left their horses in order
-to make a preliminary reconnoiter. The enemy was conferring on a
-strategem for the capture of the garrison and had gathered on the west
-and south sides of the fort. Returning to their horses, the four
-messengers rode stealthily along the Maumee and up the bank to the east
-wall of the fort. No member of the garrison was in sight. In despair,
-they rode down the river bank and skirted the shore as they turned their
-horses to the west to follow the St. Mary’s river. Then, in full view of
-the Indians, they dashed up the river bank and made straight for the
-north gate of the fort, at a moment when Winamac and four other chiefs
-were rounding the northwest corner of the fort with a flag of truce to
-hold another conference with the commandant. The sudden appearance of
-the riders disconcerted the besiegers who believed them to be the
-advance of a large relieving force. Winamac retired after a mere
-handshake. Lt. Curtis later stated, “The safe arrival of Mr. Oliver at
-that particular juncture may justly be considered most miraculous. One
-hour sooner or one hour later would no doubt have been inevitable
-destruction both to himself and escort.”[14]
-
-Once within the fort Oliver announced the approach of Harrison’s army
-and immediately dispatched a note to Harrison by John Logan and his
-companions, who succeeded in evading the besiegers once again.
-
-In the meantime Harrison’s force had reached Piqua on September 1. Here
-he found the whole “country in dreadful alarm on account of the fall of
-Detroit and Chicago and the supposed investiture of Fort Wayne by the
-Indians.”[15] A body of 700 volunteers for the relief of Fort Wayne was
-unwilling to go beyond Shane’s Crossing on the St. Mary’s without
-reinforcements. On September 4, Harrison received information that a
-British and Indian force was advancing toward Fort Wayne from Malden.
-Actually, the British detachment under Major Muir did not leave Malden
-until September 16, four days after the siege was abandoned by the
-Indians. This delay by the British was occasioned by the temporary
-armistice arranged between General George Prevost and General Dearborn.
-Had the British sent support to the besieging Indians sooner, or had not
-Harrison been so prompt in bringing relief, the outcome of the siege of
-Fort Wayne might have been far different. As it was the garrison being
-well supplied with provisions was able to withstand the attacks made by
-the Indians.
-
-Nevertheless, the situation at Fort Wayne was fairly critical from
-September 3, to September 12. On September 3, Captain Rhea published his
-final garrison order, saying, “It is earnestly hoped by the Commanding
-Officer that for this night every man will be at his post,—relief is at
-hand but means may be taken to cut us off from that relief. Should any
-man be found inattentive to his duty, punishment ensues; For on this
-night, our fame, our honor and every thing that is near & dear depends.
-—be therefore Cautious and brave—“[16] For the following twenty-seven
-days no entry was placed in the Orderly Book. The next morning, despite
-his dramatic order, Captain Rhea, inwardly disheartened and apprehensive
-of the doom of the garrison and its occupants, took to drink to bolster
-his despairing nature.
-
-On the same day the chiefs again approached the fort with a flag of
-truce, and being asked whether they wished war or peace, Winemac
-replied, “You know that Mackinaw is taken, Detroit is in the hands of
-the British, and Chicago has fallen; and you must expect to fall next,
-and that in a short time! Immediately”, Lt. Curtis continues, “our great
-captain invited the savage over to his headquarters and after drinking
-three glasses of wine with him rose from his seat and observed: ‘My good
-friend, I love you; I will fight for you; I will die by your side. You
-must save me!’ and then gave him a half dollar as a token of friendship,
-inviting him at the same time to come and breakfast with him the next
-morning.”[17]
-
-Winamac failed to accept the Captain’s invitation to breakfast, but
-instead sent five warriors who secreted themselves behind a small
-building and shot two members of the garrison. From then on the siege
-became active. That night the Indians made a general attack, but were
-driven off by the four howitzers of the fort. Almost continuous firing
-was kept up day and night until September 10; several times the
-buildings were set on fire by flaming arrows, but the vigilance of the
-garrison prevented a conflagration.
-
-During this time, Captain Rhea continued “drunk as a fool, and perfectly
-incapable of exercising rationality on any subject whatsoever, but was
-constantly abusing and illtreating everyone that came in his
-presence.”[18] The disorder and confusion he created among the men was
-one of the greatest dangers of the siege. At one time Lieutenants Curtis
-and Ostrander considered placing him under arrest in order to silence
-his clamor. The captain would frequently talk of surrendering if the
-Indian attacks grew stronger and particularly if they or the British
-would bring up the cannon they had captured at Chicago. When Captain
-Rhea was told by Lt. Ostrander that the largest piece at Chicago was a
-three-pounder and that the first person in the garrison who should offer
-to surrender at the approach of no heavier piece than a three-pounder
-should instantly be shot, he remained silent on the subject.
-
-Meanwhile, instead of waiting at Piqua for the arrival of General James
-Winchester, who had been assigned to the command of the northwestern
-army, Harrison issued the following call:
-
- Mounted Volunteers! I requested you, in my late address to rendezvous
- at Dayton on the 15th instant. I have now a more pressing call for
- your services! The British and Indians have invaded our country and
- are now besieging (perhaps have taken) Fort Wayne. Every friend to his
- country, who is able to do so, will join me as soon as possible, well
- mounted, with a good rifle and twenty or thirty days provisions.[19]
-
-Although Harrison was eager to press forward, the army was detained at
-Piqua for lack of flints and did not move until September 6. Two days
-later it reached Girty’s Town, now St. Mary’s, Ohio. By that time the
-army numbered 2,200 men, and the scouts sent out by the Indians returned
-to their camp with the report that “Kentuck is coming as numerous as the
-trees.”[20]
-
-At Fort Wayne comparative calm had set in, according to Lt. Curtis’
-account. “After the 10th we rested in tranquility, but could see large
-bodies of Indians between that time and the 12th running in great haste
-across the prairies and many without arms.”[21] On the night of the
-11th, while still seventeen miles from Fort Wayne, Harrison wrote to the
-Secretary of War that he fully expected a major engagement the following
-day. The Indians were prepared to give battle at a swamp five miles
-southeast of the fort, but finding Harrison’s army too strong to attack,
-they kindled extensive fires to create the impression within the fort
-that a battle had occurred. They hoped thereby to draw the troops out of
-the fort, but his final ruse failed, and the Indians withdrew, some only
-a few minutes before the arrival of Harrison’s advance guard.
-
-The arrival of the army around three o’clock that afternoon was an
-occasion of great joy to the troops and people who had taken refuge
-within the fort. Harrison’s men encamped outside the walls of the fort
-where, McAfee relates, “a few days previous there had been a handsome
-little village; but it was now in ruins.”[22] The government factory had
-been burned by the Indians as well as the large council house. Captain
-Wells’ farm had been overrun and laid waste, while all the outlying
-homes were destroyed. The corn which had been cultivated by the
-villagers was nearly all gone and the remainder served as forage for
-Harrison’s cavalry.
-
-Fort Wayne was described by McAfee as:
-
- Delightfully situated on an eminence on the south bank of the Miami of
- the Lake [Maumee river] immediately below the formation that river by
- the junction of the St. Marys with the St. Josephs ... It is well
- constructed of block houses and picketting, but could not resist a
- British force, as there are several eminences on the south side, from
- which it could be commanded by a six or nine pounder.[23]
-
-After referring to the proximity of the Wabash river to that of the St.
-Mary’s, McAfee added, “A canal at some future day will unite these
-rivers and thus render a town at Fort Wayne, as formerly, the most
-considerable place in all that country.”[24]
-
-From a military viewpoint, Fort Wayne had successfully withstood the
-siege, but the destruction of the village and trade must be considered
-as a major setback to the community. McAfee indicated this even though
-he foresaw a more promising future. As late as 1821, Thomas Teas wrote
-after visiting Fort Wayne, “The village before the late war was much
-larger than at present.”[25] Many of the families who left Fort Wayne in
-1812 never returned.
-
-On the day following Harrison’s arrival, detachments, using Fort Wayne
-as their base of operations, commenced the destruction of the Indian
-villages of the entire region. The men who remained at Fort Wayne
-proceeded to remove all the underbrush surrounding the fort. The land
-was cleared on both sides of each river for a mile in every direction.
-
-After arranging his camp, Harrison summoned the officers and agent of
-the fort and there, from Lieutenants Curtis and Ostrander, with Benjamin
-Stickney as a corroborative witness, heard the charges preferred against
-Captain Rhea. Rhea was placed under arrest and after a careful
-consideration of the charges, Harrison was in favor of having him
-brought before a court martial. However, on account of his age and his
-having a young family, Rhea was allowed to resign. He was given until
-December 20 to return home, at which time his pay and emoluments ceased.
-
-On September 18, General James Winchester arrived at Fort Wayne to take
-command of the army. It was only after the troops had been promised that
-Harrison would soon be re-appointed commander that they consented to
-march toward Detroit under Winchester.
-
-General Winchester chose to follow the usual route to Detroit by moving
-down the north bank of the Maumee. The American army left Fort Wayne on
-September 22. Meanwhile unaware that the siege of Fort Wayne had been
-lifted, the British commander at Detroit, Colonel Proctor, dispatched
-two hundred British regulars under Major Muir together with a thousand
-Indians under Captain Elliot to assist in taking Fort Wayne. Having
-brought their baggage and artillery up the Maumee as far as Fort
-Defiance, the British discovered the approach of Winchester’s stronger
-army. A hasty retreat on the part of the British followed. Their cannon
-and heavy equipment were thrown into the river.
-
-As pointed out previously the British had delayed sending this
-expedition because of the temporary armistice. Had the force under Major
-Muir reached Fort Wayne before Harrison’s army, it is likely that the
-fort would have fallen, which would have rendered the recapture of
-Detroit much more difficult. General Brock in writing to his superior,
-Sir George Prevost, expressed the belief that Fort Wayne would surely
-fall to Major Muir and added, “The Indians were likewise looking to us
-for assistance. They heard of the Armistice with every mark of jealousy,
-and had we refused joining them in the expedition it is impossible to
-calculate the consequences.”[26] That the British troops were prepared
-to batter down the palisades of Fort Wayne is shown by the official
-report of Major Muir to Colonel Proctor. Some of his officers endeavored
-to induce Major Muir to hold his position at Defiance and use their
-cannon to prevent the advance of Winchester’s troops. “I told them”,
-Major Muir wrote, “that the guns were brought for the purposes of
-battering Fort Wayne, but would not answer to fight in the woods.”[27]
-Colonel Proctor, in turn explaining the movement to General Brock,
-wrote, “The delay occasioned by the armistice prevented the attainment
-of the object of our expedition, which was destruction of Fort
-Wayne.”[28]
-
-After the departure of Captain Rhea, Lt. Philip Ostrander was left in
-temporary charge of Fort Wayne for a period of nine weeks. During
-October, Ostrander reported that over half the garrison was sick. For
-these men there was no medicine, while all the men were destitute of
-clothing and blankets. Concerning the Indian menace, the situation had
-improved, but the danger from attack had not passed. Lt. Ostrander
-issued a stern warning to his men not to leave the fort without
-permission.[29]
-
-Word that the Indians were again collecting around Fort Wayne induced
-Harrison to send Colonel Allen Trimble and five hundred mounted
-volunteers to the fort. A battalion of Ohio infantry was also sent to
-Fort Wayne with much needed provisions. While at Fort Wayne this group
-collected firewood since the garrison was unable to do so with the
-hostile Indians lurking in the woods.
-
-On November 22, 1812, Captain Hugh Moore arrived at Fort Wayne to take
-command of the post. Little is known about Captain Moore. He had been
-with Harrison from the outbreak of the war. At Fort Wayne he served as
-commander until the summer of 1813 when he was succeeded by Major Joseph
-Jenkinson. Captain Moore’s first order was the appointment of Antoine
-Bondie as issuing agent at the post. This was obviously in recognition
-of Bondie’s service during the siege. This position enabled Bondie to
-support his family, as his trading establishment was all but ruined.
-Later Bondie was also appointed captain of the scouts which were sent
-out occasionally from the fort.
-
-On April 28, 1813, Captain Moore issued an order placing Lt. Philip
-Ostrander under arrest and prohibiting any member of the garrison from
-communicating with the younger officer. Lt. Ostrander was never brought
-before a military court, but died on July 13, 1813, while still
-imprisoned. There is no reason given for the arrest in the orderly book,
-other than the statement, “circumstances have transpired within this
-garrison of a most destructive, injurious and dangerous nature to the
-service.”[30] Brice in his short history of Fort Wayne says: “Lieutenant
-Ostrander ... who had unthoughtfully fired upon a flock of birds passing
-over the fort, had been reprimanded by Captain Ray [Rhea], and because
-of his refusal to be tried by courtmartial, was confined in a small room
-in the garrison, where he subsequently died.”[31]
-
-This account is rendered impossible from the fact that Ostrander acted
-as commandant from the time of Rhea’s departure in disgrace, until the
-arrival of Captain Moore. As late as January 5, 1813, Lt. Ostrander was
-a member of a court martial, which found Alexander Scott guilty of
-contemptuous conduct to one of the officers, possibly Ostrander himself.
-After that date his name does not appear in the record until April 27,
-1813, the day prior to his arrest, when the same Alexander Scott was
-tried and acquitted on a charge of traducing Lt. Ostrander’s
-character.[32] In what manner Scott supposedly slandered Lt. Ostrander
-is not stated in the proceedings of the trial; however, it is possible
-to surmise that there was some connection between the charge and Lt.
-Ostrander’s arrest the following day.
-
-During the year 1813, Fort Wayne became the natural center for supplies
-used by the American armies operating in northern Ohio and eastern
-Michigan. In May of that year, Harrison addressed the Secretary of War,
-saying:
-
- “I am persuaded that a demonstration in the direction of Fort Wayne by
- a body of mounted men would be attended by very happy effects. I am
- not entirely at ease on the subject of the garrisons in that
- direction. The enemy, if they understood their business will certainly
- make an attempt to carry some of our weak posts where we have large
- deposits ... I have always been partial to the assembling a body of
- Troops in the Vicinity of Fort Wayne. It is in the immediate line of
- communication between the Indians of the Wabash, Illinois,
- Mississippi, and the South and West sides of Lake Michigan and
- Malden.”[33]
-
-Following this logic, Harrison ordered Colonel Richard M. Johnson to
-proceed to Fort Wayne and from thence to scour the northwestern
-frontiers. After a difficult journey over the swollen St. Mary’s river
-and flooded countryside, Johnson’s men reached Fort Wayne on June 7.
-Grim excitement greeted their arrival. One of the ten flatboats bringing
-provisions to Fort Wayne had struck on a bar within sight of the fort.
-Before help could arrive, the three crewmen were killed by Indians
-lurking near the fort. Johnson’s cavalry pursued the red men, but
-nightfall and rain ended their endeavor.
-
-Leaving their heavy baggage at Fort Wayne, the regiment moved across the
-St. Mary’s and established their camp in the present Spy Run district of
-Fort Wayne. After a day’s rest, Johnson’s men began a march two hundred
-miles in the region to the northwest of Fort Wayne. They returned to the
-fort on June 14. The result of this excursion was important, for never
-before had this land been traversed by such a large body of white men.
-The knowledge gained at this time, together with the information
-published by Capt. McAfee, played a significant part in the development
-of the northwestern part of Indiana.
-
-After spending a few days at Fort Wayne, Johnson’s regiment proceeded
-down the Maumee to join Harrison’s army, and aid in the recapture of
-Detroit. On October 5, 1813, the British and Indian forces were routed
-at the battle of the Thames by the American army under Harrison.
-Tecumseh was killed in the battle, and in effect, the Indian power was
-broken forever in the old Northwest. This battle, following closely upon
-Perry’s victory on Lake Erie, brought the war to an unofficial close in
-this region.
-
-The danger of Indian hostilities at Fort Wayne was never again critical,
-but the safety of the people about the fort was still menaced by
-occasional attacks. Such a one occurred late in 1813, when Major Joseph
-Jenkinson arrived to succeed Captain Hugh Moore as commander of Fort
-Wayne. On the march from Newport, Kentucky, three companies of militia
-which accompanied Major Jenkinson found it convenient, in the latter
-part of their journey, to convey their supplies by flatboats on the St.
-Mary’s river. At a sharp bend in the stream about a mile from the fort,
-the Indians ambushed the last of the boats and killed the men who were
-guiding it.
-
-Major Jenkinson’s period of service at Fort Wayne was brief. His family
-did not accompany him to the post, and after six months he chose to
-return to Kentucky where he was appointed adjutant of the state militia.
-The only existent letter of Major Jenkinson while he was stationed at
-Fort Wayne, throws some light on the attitude of the local French people
-toward slavery. The major, writing to his wife, complained that some of
-the French men living near Fort Wayne had thoroughly “corrupted Ephraim
-[the major’s slave] by their ideas”; so much so that it was necessary
-“to cool the fellow off, by two very hard whippings.”[34]
-
-In May, 1814, the command of Fort Wayne was given to Major John Whistler
-of the First United States Infantry. Major Whistler was not a stranger
-to Fort Wayne. As a lieutenant he had accompanied Wayne on his western
-campaign, and was here to assist in the building of the original fort.
-He remained as a special officer to oversee the maintenance of the forts
-of the surrounding region. Later, his wife joined him at Fort Wayne, and
-it was here that their son, George Washington Whistler was born in
-1800.[35] Following Major John Whistler’s early service at Fort Wayne,
-he was transferred to Detroit, and from thence to Chicago, where he
-built Fort Dearborn and became its first commandant.
-
-Major Whistler was chronically in debt. In fact, his financial outlook
-was almost hopeless. With a salary, as a captain, of $40.00 a month, he
-had a family of fifteen children to maintain. To make matters worse, the
-visits of the government paymaster were highly irregular. On one
-occasion, he wrote to a creditor that he had received no pay in a period
-of more than two years. “I hope you will not think I complain against my
-government for detaining my pay,” he added, “No, but necessity forces me
-to make the real statement to satisfy my creditor.”[36] It is distinctly
-to Major Whistler’s credit that even in the act of pressing for payment
-his creditors frequently paused to express confidence in his honesty and
-sympathy for his lot.
-
-The year 1814, which marked the return of the Whistler family also marks
-the re-establishment of family life in and about Fort Wayne. While the
-Maloch and Peltier families remained at Fort Wayne throughout the war,
-the other Fort Wayne families had taken refuge mainly in the more
-settled areas along the Ohio river. Some of the families never did
-return, but among those who did was the Louis Bourie family. Bourie as
-early as 1786 maintained a profitable enterprise at the portage by
-keeping pack-horses and a warehouse for the deposit and transportation
-of merchandise and peltries. During the war, he moved to Detroit with
-his wife and two children. Soon after his return to Fort Wayne in 1814,
-Bourie was given a contract to provide bread for the soldiers, and in
-1815, he built a bakery at the corner of the present Clinton and
-Columbia streets. A short time later he established a general store and
-erected a log residence adjoining the building.
-
-George Hunt, who had served as a sutler prior to the war, also returned
-to Fort Wayne in 1814. He was the son of Colonel Thomas Hunt, the third
-commander at Fort Wayne. With George Hunt came his younger brother, John
-Elliott Hunt.
-
-Lt. Daniel Curtis, to whom we are indebted for the best account of the
-siege, was still connected with the post in 1814. Other residents of the
-fort in that year included Benjamin Stickney, who remained as Indian
-agent; Benjamin Berry Kercheval and Peter Oliver, clerks of the agent;
-Charles Peltier a fur trader; John P. Hedges, who had first visited the
-fort in 1812 and who was now stationed at the fort as a storekeeper; Dr.
-Daniel Smith, the post surgeon; Robert Forsythe, who later became a
-paymaster in the United States army; and a French blacksmith,
-Louisaneau, who had a government appointment to do work for the troops
-as well as the Indians about the fort.
-
-One of the new arrivals at Fort Wayne at this time was William
-Suttenfield. Suttenfield had first visited Fort Wayne in 1811, at which
-time he was in Colonel John Johnston’s employ, being in charge of a pack
-train hauling military and Indian stores from Piqua, Ohio, to the fort.
-In 1814, he brought his wife, formerly Laura Taylor, and his infant son,
-William F. Suttenfield, to Fort Wayne by way of the St. Mary’s river,
-the route used most frequently by travelers from southwestern Ohio.
-Suttenfield was for many months after his arrival employed in bringing
-provisions to the fort from Piqua and other points. He was short,
-slender, and very active and agile. For these reasons he boasted that
-the Indians could not catch him while he was bringing in supplies. Soon
-after their arrival, the Suttenfields built a log house outside the
-fort. This was the first home erected beyond the protecting walls of the
-fort, following the siege. It stood near the river to the south of the
-fort.
-
-Mrs. Laura Suttenfield lived until 1886. Before her death, she left an
-impressive description of a 4th of July celebration in 1814. The
-isolation and quietude of Fort Wayne in that year is suggested by her
-account:
-
- The fort at that time contained sixty men of the regular army, all
- patriotic and anxious to celebrate one day in the year. They made
- three green bowers, 100 feet from the pickets of the fort ... one
- bower for the dinner table, one for the cooks and one for the music.
- Major Whistler had two German cooks and they prepared the dinner....
- Our dinner consisted of one fine turkey, a side of venison, boiled
- ham, vegetables in abundance, cranberries and green currents. As for
- dessert, we had none. Eggs were not known here for three years from
- that time. There were but three bottles of wine sent here from
- Cincinnati; but one was made use of. Then there were a few toasts,
- and, after three guns and music, they went into the fort and the
- ladies changed their dresses. Then Major Whistler called for the
- music, which consisted of one bass drum, two small ones, one fife,
- violin and flute. There was a long gallery in the fort; the musicians
- took their seats there.... A french four passed off very well for an
- hour. Then the gates of the fort were closed at sundown, which gave it
- a gloomy appearance. No children, no younger persons for amusement,
- all retired to their rooms. All was quiet and still. The sentinel on
- his lonely round would give us the hour of the night. In the morning
- we were aroused by the beating of the reveille.[37]
-
-The lives of these residents of Fort Wayne in 1814 were never without
-some fear of possible attack from the Indians, even though the danger
-had diminished. That Major Whistler expected just such an attack is
-evident by his letter of July 1 to Brigadier General Duncan McArthur, in
-which he asked for additional men or permission to reconstruct the fort.
-Said he “The Indians show a bad disposition to attend the Treaty [This
-treaty was held at Greenville]. I have Received an Account from Mr.
-Johnston that the Potawatomies and Taways and the Other Indians
-Bordering on Lake Michigan are intending to join the British and take
-Detroit, Malden and this Place this Moon.”[38]
-
-The conduct of Chief Richardville had been especially annoying to Major
-Whistler. At the outbreak of the war, Richardville hurriedly gathered
-his effects and fled with his family to the British lines and there
-remained, without taking an active part in the trouble, until 1814. When
-he returned to his home six miles east of Fort Wayne, Major Whistler
-invited him to a conference. He responded, but he appeared reluctant to
-attend the conference at Greenville. Finally he came, in company with
-Chief Chondonnai, a participant in the Fort Dearborn massacre, and
-placed his signature to the treaty.
-
-In May, 1815, Major Whistler again informed General McArthur of his
-intention to rebuild the fort, provided he could receive permission from
-the War Department. Permission was granted and in the fall of 1815,
-Major Whistler directed the construction of the new fort to take the
-place of the one erected by the troops of Colonel Hunt fifteen years
-before. Thus it fell to the lot of the builder of the first Fort
-Dearborn to become in turn the builder of the last Fort Wayne. Although
-the troops were destined to remain in this fort only four more years,
-parts of it remained standing until 1852, and for a long time after the
-garrison evacuated it, the fort served the government agencies and some
-of the citizens as a useful shelter.
-
-The best source of information in regard to this last fort is in the
-record of John W. Dawson, who, in 1858, gathered information from the
-early settlers and wrote a series of articles for the local paper.[39]
-According to Dawson, the fort enclosed an area about 150 feet square.
-The pickets were ten feet high, and set in the ground, with block houses
-at the southeast and northwest corners, which were two stories high. The
-second floor projected and formed a bastion in each blockhouse where the
-guns were rigged; that on the southeast corner commanding the south and
-east sides of the fort, and that on the northwest corner, the north and
-west sides. The officers’ quarters, commissary department and other
-buildings located on different sides formed part of the walls, and in
-the center stood the liberty pole from which the flag flew.
-
-The plaza, in the enclosure was smooth and gravelly. The roofs of the
-houses all declined within the stockade after the shed fashion, to
-prevent the enemy from setting them on fire, and if fired, to protect
-the men in putting it out. The rainwater was carried along by wooden
-troughs, just below the surface of the ground to the flagstaff, and from
-thence led by a sluiceway to the Maumee.
-
-Dawson believed that when Major Whistler rebuilt the fort, he did not
-include all of the ground covered by the fort built under Colonel Hunt’s
-direction. This conviction is substantiated by the fact that before
-building the new fort, Whistler expressed the opinion that the old fort
-was too large for the number of troops he had to defend it.[40]
-
-Writing to General McArthur on October 17, 1815, Major Whistler reported
-that the new fort was almost completed. Only one section of the old fort
-needed to be taken down and replaced by the new. Whistler expressed the
-belief that the new fort was the most substantial in the West. “The
-pickets”, he wrote, “were 12½ feet long and were put in sets of six,
-with a cross-piece two feet from the top, set in and spiked, and a
-trench dug 2½ feet deep, into which they were raised.”[41] The major
-added that he was anxious to complete the work as he expected
-difficulties with the Indians, who declared their intention to continue
-the war against the United States. Benjamin Stickney, also writing from
-Fort Wayne, expressed the same belief.[42]
-
-However, the threatened outbreak of the Indians did not materialize.
-British intrigue had come to an end, and the red men lacked another
-leader as capable as Tecumseh. Many Indians continued to congregate at
-Fort Wayne in the years following the War of 1812. They came for reasons
-of trade or to receive their annuities or possibly from a feeling of
-sympathy and attraction for the scenes of their old home and gathering
-place, but aside from some petty quarrels among themselves, nothing
-war-like was ever again manifested in the relations of the Indians and
-whites at Fort Wayne.
-
-
-[1]John Logan as a small child had been adopted by General Benjamin
- Logan of Kentucky. In 1813, Logan was killed while undertaking a
- most hazardous mission. “More firmness and consummate bravery has
- seldom appeared in the military theatre.”, wrote General Winchester
- in his report to Harrison.
-
-[2]After the war, Bondie was rewarded by being appointed issuing
- commissary for the Fort Wayne garrison.
-
-[3]Stickney’s account of the siege first appeared in the _Fort Wayne
- Times_, May 27, 1856.
-
-[4]Daniel Curtis to Col. Kingsbury, Sept. 21, 1812, Kingsbury Papers,
- Chicago Historical Library. Curtis also wrote to a friend named
- James Cullen C. Witherell on Oct. 4, 1812, concerning the siege.
- This second letter is almost a copy of the one sent to Kingsbury and
- is found in the Indiana Historical Society Library.
-
-[5]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 89.
-
-[6]T. B. Helm, _History of Allen County, Indiana_, p. 39.
-
-[7]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 99.
-
-[8]_Ibid._, p. 99.
-
-[9]_Fort Wayne Times_, May 27, 1856.
-
-[10]Curtis to Kingsbury, Sept. 21, 1812, Chicago Historical Society
- Library.
-
-[11]_IHC_, XV, _Fort Wayne Garrison Orderly Books_, ed. Bert J.
- Griswold, p. 371.
-
-[12]_Fort Wayne Times_, May 27, 1856.
-
-[13]_Ibid._
-
-[14]Benjamin Drake, _Life of Tecumseh and of his Brother and Prophet_,
- p. 50.
-
-[15]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 108.
-
-[16]_IHC_, XV, _Fort Wayne Garrison Orderly Books_, ed. Bert J.
- Griswold, pp. 371-2.
-
-[17]Curtis to Kingsbury, Sept. 21, 1812, Kingsbury Papers, Chicago
- Historical Society Library.
-
-[18]_Ibid._
-
-[19]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 131.
-
-[20]Robert McAfee, _History of the Late War_, p. 123.
-
-[21]Lt. Curtis to Col. Kingsbury, Sept. 21, 1812, Kingsbury Papers,
- Chicago Historical Society Library.
-
-[22]Robert McAfee, _op. cit._, p. 126.
-
-[23]_Ibid._, p. 127.
-
-[24]_Ibid._, p. 127.
-
-[25]_Indiana as Seen by Early Travelers_, ed. Harlow Lindley, p. 243.
-
-[26]Major Brock to Sir George Prevost, Sept. 18, 1812, _Michigan
- Historical Collections_, XV, 88.
-
-[27]Major Muir to Colonel Procter, Sept. 29, 1812, _Michigan Historical
- Collections_, XV, 93.
-
-[28]Colonel Proctor to General Brock, Oct. 5, 1812, _Michigan Historical
- Collections_, XV, 97.
-
-[29]_IHC_, XV, _Fort Wayne Garrison Orderly Books_, ed. Bert J.
- Griswold, p. 373.
-
-[30]_Ibid._, p. 390.
-
-[31]Wallace Brice, _History of Fort Wayne_, p. 134.
-
-[32]_IHC_, XV, _Fort Wayne Garrison Orderly Books_, ed. Bert J.
- Griswold, pp. 381 and 389.
-
-[33]_IHC_, IX, _Harrison’s Messages and Letters_, ed. Logan Esarey, p.
- 157.
-
-[34]Major Jenkinson to Mrs. Jenkinson, March 14, 1814, Fort Wayne Public
- Library.
-
-[35]George Washington Whistler rose to fame in the topographical service
- of the government. His death occurred in Russia in 1849, while he
- was superintending the construction of the St. Petersburg to Moscow
- railroad. His son, James Abbott McNeil Whistler, became one of the
- most famous artists.
-
-[36]M. M. Quaife, “Detroit Biographies: John Whistler”, _Burton
- Historical Collection Leaflet_, V (1926), p. 4.
-
-[37]_Fort Wayne Times_, Oct. 17, 1869, Fort Wayne Public Library.
-
-[38]Major Whistler to General McArthur, July 1, 1814, Burton Historical
- Collection.
-
-[39]_Fort Wayne Times_, April 7 to April 15, 1858, Fort Wayne Public
- Library.
-
-[40]Whistler to McArthur, July 1, 1814, Burton Historical Collection.
-
-[41]Whistler to McArthur, October 17, 1815, Burton Historical
- Collection.
-
-[42]Stickney to Secretary of War, April 30, 1815, _Michigan Pioneer
- Collection_, XVI, p. 87.
-
-
-
-
- Chapter V
- Evacuation of the Fort and the Increased Indian Trade
-
-
-After peace came finally with the end of the struggles of 1812-15, the
-scene around the fort was one of rare beauty. The extensive clearing
-made by order of General Wayne in 1794, and again by General Harrison in
-1812, was covered with waving grass. Circling this was the green forest,
-pierced by three gates through which flowed the gleaming rivers. The
-days of Indian warfare had come to an end, the day of white settlement
-in numbers was yet in anticipation.
-
-The first year of peace, 1816, brought to the troops and the few
-families at Fort Wayne a well founded feeling of security and comfort.
-This feeling of security and comfort was not based upon the standard of
-today, for few could endure now in comfort the life typified by the
-tallow dip and open fire, the ox-cart and the pirogue. The national
-government realized the permanent return of peace, and already had
-removed from the other western posts the troops stationed there for the
-protection of the pioneers. But the time had not yet arrived when the
-Washington authorities considered it wise to remove the military
-garrison from Fort Wayne. The Indians still thronged here in large
-numbers. Their periods of gathering to receive their annuities brought
-hundreds to the little settlement and here, ofttimes, they remained for
-several weeks.
-
-Following the war, there was no settlement nearer than St. Mary’s in
-Ohio, and between Fort Wayne and Fort Dearborn (Chicago) only one white
-man, a fur trader named Joseph Bertrand, had ventured to establish his
-abode near the site of the present city of South Bend, Indiana. Until
-1818, all of northern Indiana was considered Indian territory.
-
-However, this was not true in central and southern Indiana where
-ever-increasing numbers of pioneers were settling. After the end of the
-War of 1812 and the Napoleonic conflicts, a commercial depression hit
-the eastern states, and multitudes sought new homes in the West. The
-seaboard could no longer furnish the returned soldier nor the ruined
-merchant with opportunities. This led to a rush of the people into the
-new country beyond the mountains. The westward movement, in turn, gave
-an immediate demand for highways of transportation.
-
-Traffic over the rivers showed a steady increase over former years, and
-the Maumee-Wabash portage once again became a busy pathway of commerce.
-Chief Jean Baptiste Richardville, who was granted a license to trade at
-Fort Wayne in 1815, nearly monopolized the carrying-trade over the
-portage. Through this profitable business, and by the sale of the land
-granted to him as chief of the Miamis in various treaties, Richardville
-became the wealthiest Indian then living in American. In five treaties
-he acquired over 44 sections of land and $31,800. It is known that he
-had $200,000 in silver alone at the time of his death in 1841.[1]
-
-The Miami chief established a place of business on the present Columbia
-street in Fort Wayne and also one of his reserves was on the Wabash
-river southwest of Fort Wayne.
-
-In common with the people of the territory of Indiana, the citizens of
-Fort Wayne rejoiced in the transformation of the territory into a state
-on April 29, 1816. At the time of the creation of the state of Indiana,
-all of northeastern Indiana was included in Knox county, of which
-Vincennes was the seat of government. In 1818, Randolph county was
-organized with Winchester as the county seat. Fort Wayne was included in
-this latter subdivision.
-
-The new governor, Jonathan Jennings, in his first message to the Indiana
-legislature, urged a prompt consideration of the establishment of
-internal improvements, and especially a canal to connect the Maumee and
-Wabash—a waterway which would supplant the centuries-old portage at Fort
-Wayne. Despite the enthusiasm of many proponents of the canal, the
-difficulties were many and work was not to begin on it for sixteen
-years.
-
-The westward movement of the settlers brought about the transfer of
-Major Whistler from Fort Wayne to St. Louis in 1817. The government
-authorities assigned to the command of Fort Wayne, Major Josiah N. Vose
-of the Fifth United States Infantry Regiment, who was destined to be the
-final commandant of the post at the head of the Maumee.[2] During a
-period of about three months, from February 15 to May 31, 1817, before
-Major Vose assumed his new duties, the garrison was under the command of
-First Lieutenant Daniel Curtis, who had served with credit during the
-siege of 1812 and whose lively account of his experiences has been
-quoted.[3]
-
-A significant characteristic of Major Vose was his strict adherence to
-the observance of Sunday in a religious way. John Johnston, who knew
-Major Vose well, said in a letter written in 1859, that he was the only
-commandant of the fort who publicly professed Christianity. It was his
-constant practice, according to Johnston, to assemble his men on Sunday,
-read the Scriptures to them, and talk with them in a conversational
-manner about religion. Colonel Johnston adds, “The conduct of such a man
-and under such circumstances, can only be appreciated by persons
-familiar with the allurements and temptations of military life.”[4]
-
-With Major Vose came Dr. Trevitt, assigned to the post as surgeon’s mate
-and Lieutenant James Clark. One of the first tasks undertaken under
-Major Vose’s direction was the erection of a new council house to
-replace the one burned during the siege. It was a two-story structure,
-which in later years was used as a school house and as a residence. The
-garrison in 1817 consisted of fifty-six men.
-
-On October 6, 1818, the Miami nation ceded to the United States that
-part of their land to the south and southwest of Fort Wayne. This
-section of land lay between the Wabash near the mouth of the Racoon
-Creek and St. Mary’s river as far north as the portage at Fort Wayne.
-The treaty was concluded at St. Mary’s, Ohio, with Governor Jennings,
-Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, serving as commissioners of the United
-States and Chief Richardville acting as principal spokesman for the
-Miamis. This treaty, together with one concluded with the Wyandots the
-previous year, gave to the United States complete ownership of the
-territory south of the Maumee and Wabash rivers. Thus the way was opened
-for travel and settlement in Indiana as far north as Fort Wayne.
-
-According to the treaty of St. Mary’s, many sections of land near Fort
-Wayne were reserved for individuals designated by the Miamis. These
-individuals included the following: Chief Jean Baptiste Richardville,
-Joseph Richardville (the chief’s son), Francis LaFontaine, the son of
-George Hunt, Little Little Turtle, Josette Beaubien, Eliza C. Kercheval
-(daughter of Benjamin Kercheval, sub-agent at Fort Wayne) John B.
-Bourie, Ann Hackley (the daughter of William Wells), and the children of
-Maria Christina DeRome and LaCros. A reading of these names indicates
-the strong influence the early French traders had acquired over the
-Miamis by intermarriage. As mentioned in an earlier chapter,
-Richardville’s father, Joseph Drouet de Richerville was a French trader.
-
-The granting of individual reserves to the chiefs and other men favored
-by the Indians in the treaty of 1818 led to a dangerous innovation in
-land and Indian policy which later permitted the traders to grab the
-choice land sites before the government attained control of it. In the
-later treaties the Indian traders and agents combined their resources to
-secure the best sections of land through the consent of the Indians in
-payment of actual or supposed debts.
-
-The year 1819 witnessed an important and significant change at Fort
-Wayne, the departure of the troops and the abandonment of the fort as a
-military stronghold. The formal evacuation took place on April 19, 1819,
-in pursuance of orders issued by the Secretary of War. The treaty of St.
-Mary’s and the westward movement of the settlers had carried the
-frontier beyond Fort Wayne. At the time of the departure of the troops,
-the garrison consisted of Major Vose, one post surgeon, two captains,
-one first lieutenant, five sergeants, four corporals, four musicians and
-seventy-five artillerymen and privates—ninety-six men in all—in addition
-to a group of women and children. Major Vose and his men went directly
-to Detroit by way of the Maumee, in pirogues. They took from the fort
-its equipment of heavy armament, including one six and one
-twelve-pounder cannon. Fort Wayne was the last of the Indiana posts
-maintained by the government and had served as an American fort for more
-than a quarter of a century.
-
-It is not surprising that the news of the evacuation came as a shock to
-the few families and the traders who had built their log houses just
-outside the fort. When the day of departure came, the few settlers who
-comprised the village felt a loneliness as their sense of security gave
-way for the moment to a realization of the coming days of isolation and
-possible danger. In every direction stretched unbroken wilderness and
-while the Indians had been subdued, the abundance of whiskey given them
-by the traders made them at times a menace to the safety of the village.
-
-The fort buildings, vacated by the military, now came under the control
-of the civil authorities, represented by the Indian agent, Benjamin
-Stickney. For a number of years thereafter the wooden fort with its
-bastioned blockhouses, officers’ quarters, and barracks, housed such
-civil, governmental, and private enterprises as the Indian agency, the
-United States land office, and the first Protestant mission school.
-Moreover, the opening of the barracks to the settlers not only made safe
-and comfortable living quarters for those already located there, but
-induced other settlers to choose this immediate region. Even at this
-period, the shelter of the stockade brought a feeling of security, and
-the fort was not without its convenient firearms and supply of
-ammunition. For a considerable period all but those of stoutest heart
-sought refuge within its walls with the coming of darkness.
-
-Although the depression of 1819 in the Northwest checked the tide of
-immigration temporarily, there were some travelers and homeseekers who
-came to stamp their names upon the small settlement, which continued to
-be known as Fort Wayne even after the evacuation of the troops. These
-settlers included James Barnett, who was with Harrison’s army of relief
-in 1812 and who returned in 1818 as a permanent resident and trader;
-Paul Taber and his sons, Cyrus and Samuel, and his daughter, Lucy, all
-of whom came in 1819; Francis Comparet, who came in 1819, and who in
-1820, together with Alexis Coquillard and Benjamin B. Kercheval,
-established a post for the American Fur Company at Fort Wayne; Dr.
-William Turner, a former post surgeon, who returned to Fort Wayne in
-1819 and later served for a short time as Indian agent; and James
-Aveline who with his family came from Vincennes to Fort Wayne in
-January, 1820.
-
-Among these early settlers who found their way to Fort Wayne in 1819,
-was Samuel Hanna, pioneer trader, judge, legislator, canal builder,
-railroad enterpriser, and banker. In many respects, Samuel Hanna was to
-become Fort Wayne’s most active citizen as the small community grew from
-a mere village to a city during his lifetime. Born in Scott county,
-Kentucky, in October, 1797, and later moving to Dayton, Ohio, with his
-parents, he came to Fort Wayne from St. Mary’s Ohio, where he had been
-engaged in supplying goods for the government during the Indian treaties
-of 1818. He was twenty-two years old when he came to Fort Wayne. Hanna
-built at once a log house on the site which later became the northwest
-corner of Barr and Columbia streets. Here, having formed a partnership
-with his brother-in-law, James Barnett, a trading post was opened. Many
-of their goods which came from the east were purchased from Abbott
-Lawrence at Boston; the shipments were made by water to New York, thence
-up the Hudson river and across to Buffalo, and from there to Fort Wayne
-by way of Lake Erie and the Maumee.
-
-Upon the abandonment of the fort by the military, the government sent
-James Riley, a civil engineer, to Fort Wayne to survey the lands around
-the fort belonging to the United States, preparatory to the sale of a
-portion of the military reservation to the settlers. Riley was a noted
-author of that day, having published in 1817 _Riley’s Narrative_, a 554
-page book on his experiences in Africa as a slave of the Arabs. His
-prominence and the fact that he was well known in Washington because he
-had spent several years there, lent weight to his recommendations
-concerning the Fort Wayne lands.
-
-On November 24, 1819, Riley wrote a letter from Fort Wayne to B.
-Sanford, Esq., advising him that he had concluded his surveys for the
-season but wanted:
-
- “... to examine for myself the practicality of so uniting the Wabash
- with the Maumee as to render intercourse by water between the Ohio
- river and Lake Erie safe and easy through this channel.... The little
- Wabash rises in an elevated swamp prairie six miles south of Fort
- Wayne, and joins the Wabash eighteen miles hence. Thus in high stages
- of water, a portage of only six miles carries merchandise from the
- level of the Maumee into the navigable waters of the Wabash (and vice
- versa).”[5]
-
-These observations by Riley on the possibility of a canal were
-supplemented in the same letter by his early impression of Fort Wayne as
-a future center of population. He stated to Mr. Sanford:
-
- The country around Fort Wayne is very fertile. The situation is
- commanding and healthful.... Here will arise a town of great
- importance, which must become a depot of immense trade. The fort is
- now only a small stockade; no troops are stationed here, and less than
- thirty dwelling houses occupied by French and American families form
- the whole settlement.[6]
-
-Riley added that the departure of the soldiers had left this little band
-of residents extremely lonely, but he predicted that as soon as the
-lands were opened for sale the settlers would flock to this region. The
-people living at Fort Wayne at this time had no right to the land and
-were considered as “squatters” by the government officials.
-
-Possibly the most interesting letter that James Riley wrote from Fort
-Wayne was written near the close of the surveying season in 1820. It was
-addressed to Edward Tiffin, Surveyor General. Riley had been in the
-neighborhood of Fort Wayne, when a snow storm forced him to discontinue
-his work temporarily. Taking advantage of his free time, Riley came to
-Fort Wayne to witness the annual distribution of the annuities to the
-Indians gathered there. After speaking highly of the natural advantages
-of the site of Fort Wayne, Riley urged that the government land be
-offered for sale as soon as possible, saying:
-
- There are now in its [Fort Wayne] immediate vicinity, more than 40
- families of ‘Squatters’ and traders, besides a great number of young
- men each with his _bundle_ or shop, of goods and trinkets; all of whom
- are depredating on the public lands, for timber for their numberous
- buildings, for fire-wood, &c. &c.; and as they have not interest in
- the soil, and little hope of being able to purchase the land when
- sold, a system of waste and destruction is going on, and is apparently
- entered into by all.[6a]
-
-Riley then added another reason why the lands should be sold. He wrote:
-
- There are now assembled, as I should judge, at least one thousand
- persons from Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, and New York, whose object is
- stated to be that of trade with the Indians, in order to carry off
- some of their specie, paid them by the Government. They have brought
- whiskey in abundance, which they pretend to deposit with agent, until
- he shall have finished his business with the Indians, but yet contrive
- to deal out large quantities from their deposits in the woods, so that
- the savages are kept continually drunk, and unfit for any business.
- Horse-racing, drinking, gambling, and every kind of debauchery,
- extravagance and waste, are the order of the day, and night too; and
- in my opinion, the savages themselves are the most christianized, and
- least savage, of the two classes now congregated here. Here the whites
- set example to the Indians too indelicate to mention, and that cannot
- fail to produce in their minds disgust for the American character.[7]
-
-Riley concluded by saying:
-
- The only means that occurs to my mind, of stopping this career of vice
- and immorality, is the speedy survey and sale of the lands from the
- mouth of the Maumee to this place; and from hence down and along the
- banks of the Wabash.... Thus, a cordon of hardy and respectable
- settlers ... would be formed along the Maumee and Wabash.... At
- present, there is no security to him who locates himself on the public
- lands, nor do I wish there should be; because every citizen ought to
- enjoy equal advantages. This place, if laid out as a town and sold by
- the government, would bring a large sum of money. The St. Mary’s has
- been covered with boats, every freshet, for several years past. This
- is a central spot, combining more natural advantages to build up and
- support a town of importance, as a place of deposit and trade ... than
- any point I have yet seen in the western country.[8]
-
-This letter of Riley, which also contained a strong recommendation for
-the careful survey of a canal route connecting the Wabash and the
-Maumee, became a part of the official records of the surveyor-general’s
-office, and through this channel found its way into the congressional
-debates concerning the Wabash and Erie canal.
-
-Lest James Riley’s severe arraignment of the white traders present
-during the time of the annuity payments appear unjust, let us compare it
-with the opinion of Reverend J. B. Finney, who visited the village
-during the same period in the previous year. He writes:
-
- This was an awful scene for a sober man to look upon ... men and
- women, raving maniacs, singing, dancing, fighting, stabbing and
- tomahawking one another—and there were the rum-sellers watering their
- whiskey until it was not strong grog, and selling it for four dollars
- a gallon, their hired men gathering up all the skins and furs and
- their silver brooches ... and their guns, tomahawks and blankets, till
- they were literally stripped naked, and three or four were killed....
- The reader may set what estimates he pleases, or call him by what
- name; yet, if there were ever a greater robber, or a meaner thief, or
- a dirtier murderer than these rum sellers, he is yet to be seen.[9]
-
-The laws for preventing the introduction of alcoholic drinks among the
-Indians, though very severe, were ineffectual. A person might have
-remained in the woods within five or six miles of Fort Wayne for a year
-without being discovered by any government agent. It was the custom of
-the traders to bring whiskey in kegs and hide it in the woods about half
-a mile from the fort, a short time previous to the paying of the
-annuity, and when the Indians came to the fort, to give information to
-such of the Indians who could be confided in that there was whiskey to
-be had at those places. As soon as the Indians received their money they
-would go off to the appointed places.
-
-Another reason that the Trade and Intercourse Act was so ineffectual at
-Fort Wayne was the fact that it was almost impossible to bring any
-offender to trial. The nearest court was at Winchester, Indiana, eighty
-miles away. A few of the better traders of the region formed a society
-to prohibit this illegal trade, but it soon dissolved when they found
-that their regulations could be inforced only by action of the courts.
-When John Hays, Indian agent at Fort Wayne reported that all the traders
-were guilty of selling whiskey to the Indians, and asked for special
-authority to deal with them as he saw fit, the government officials
-replied that they did not believe such authority was necessary. No
-action was taken.
-
-But these conditions at Fort Wayne prevailed to a large extent only
-during the periods of the annuity distributions. It is of interest,
-then, to quote the words of a man who made a “between-times” visit to
-the village. We find him in the person of Major Stephen H. Long, a
-topographical engineer, who visited the village in 1823. Wrote Major
-Long:
-
- At Fort Wayne we made a stay of three days, and to a person visiting
- the Indian country for the first time, this place offers many
- characteristic and singular features. The village is small—it has
- grown under the shelter of the fort.... The inhabitants are chiefly of
- Canadian origin, all more or less inbued with the Indian blood. The
- confusion of tongues, owing to the diversity of the Indian tribes
- which generally collect near a fort, make the traveler imagine himself
- in a real babel.[10]
-
-From the fort, a cart track angled down to the river bank and
-boatlanding, the bustling center of the town’s traffic in furs; and
-three embryonic roads, boggy and stump filled, let respectively
-northeast to Detroit, northwest to Fort Dearborn and Lake Michigan, and
-southeast to Fort Recovery, Ohio. Thomas Scattergood Teas, who visited
-the village in 1821, wrote
-
- The settlement at this place consisted of about thirty log cabins and
- two tolerably decent farm houses. The inhabitants are nearly all
- French-Canadians. The fort stands at the lower end of the village ...
- the barracks are occupied by the Indian agent, the Baptist missionary
- and some private families.[11]
-
-The Baptist missionary, of whom Teas speaks, was the Reverend Isaac
-McCoy who came with his wife and seven children to Fort Wayne on May 15,
-1820, and stayed for over two years at the fort. McCoy wished to go
-farther into the Indian country, but as he states, “necessity not choice
-compelled us to consent to go to Fort Wayne.”[12] Despite the
-predilection of some of the Indians for the Catholic faith as a result
-of long contacts with French traders and past remembrances of the French
-Jesuits, McCoy collected a fairly large number of Indian children for
-his school at Fort Wayne.[13] The authorities at Fort Wayne afforded
-McCoy every encouragement, although the Indian agent, John Hays, later
-regretted the fact that he allowed McCoy to use the barracks for housing
-the children. The forty half-civilized children racing around his
-offices, nearly drove the agent to distraction, besides destroying a
-great deal of government property.
-
-Of the five instructors engaged from time to time to aid in teaching the
-Indians, none remained over a period of three months. The McCoys found
-the necessities of life very dear at Fort Wayne; flour was obtainable
-only by long transportation and corn was also scarce. In the year 1821,
-the mission was saved from closing by receipt from the United States
-Government of four hundred and fifty dollars. This money was taken from
-a fund of ten thousand dollars appropriated by Congress for civilizing
-the Indians. Because of the steady demoralization of the Indians around
-Fort Wayne brought about by the traders’ whiskey, McCoy decided to move
-his mission in 1822. A new mission was established one hundred miles
-northwest of Fort Wayne on the St. Joseph of Lake Michigan River.
-
-A change in the management of the Indian agency at Fort Wayne took place
-in 1819 when Benjamin F. Stickney was transferred to a post on the lower
-Maumee and Dr. William Turner was named to succeed him. Stickney had
-served for nine years, and during this time, like all agents, had made
-many enemies. General Duncan McArthur writing from Chillicothe, Ohio, as
-early as March, 1815, informed Secretary of War James Monroe, that
-Colonel Lewis, a Shawnee chief had placed before him severe criticisms
-of Stickney’s methods. “The Indians are generally displeased with Mr.
-Stickney as an agent,” added General McArthur, “and several of them have
-requested me to make it known to the president and solicit his removal.
-He is certainly not well qualified to discharge the duties of an Indian
-agent.”[14]
-
-As a federal Indian agent, Stickney was responsible for the fate of
-numerous whites and Indians. Among his duties at that time were the
-licensing of traders and the settlement of their claims and disputes
-with the tribes, enforcement of the intercourse regulations,
-disbursement of annuities and gifts, and expenditure of funds for
-improvements, and the punishment of unruly Indians. Tactful handling of
-these problems and of numerous squabbles between the two races was an
-invaluable factor in preventing bloodshed and preserving good relations.
-Stickney was inclined to be too arrogant in dealing with the Indians,
-and at times seemed to lack any humanitarian feeling toward those under
-his care.
-
-On April 20, 1818, Congress passed an act which consolidated the
-agencies of Fort Wayne and Piqua, and John Johnston was appointed agent
-for the agency thus formed. In effect this left Stickney out of the
-service, but as it was impossible for Johnston to take care of the Fort
-Wayne agency as well as that of Piqua, Stickney remained at Fort Wayne
-as sub-agent.
-
-Stickney continued to serve under this arrangement through the year
-1818, though there appears to have developed a degree of friction
-between the sub-agent and his superiors. Governor Lewis Cass of
-Michigan, writing in January, 1819, to John Calhoun, Secretary of War,
-said, “... circumstances have occurred at Fort Wayne which have had a
-tendency to injure the usefulness of Mr. Stickney there.”[15] What these
-circumstances were we do not know, other than a supposition that
-Stickney might have made many powerful enemies among the traders at Fort
-Wayne. This was quite likely due to the nature of the Indian trade and
-the power of the agent. Lewis Cass was not one to disregard the
-complaints of the traders, as he usually supported the large trading
-companies, in particular Astor’s American Fur Company. As a perennial
-political appointee, Cass found it worthwhile to have friends among
-these influential traders, and as Stickney’s superior in the Indian
-Department, Cass was in all likelihood inclined to support the traders
-in any quarrel that might have developed. In commenting on the charges
-brought against himself by some of the traders at Fort Wayne in 1824,
-John Tipton, another agent, wrote to John Calhoun, “You will no doubt
-recollect that Mr. Stickney while Agt here was harassed with charges and
-all kinds of persecution.”[16]
-
-Under these circumstances, which we can only surmise, Benjamin Stickney
-left the agency in 1820 and moved to Toledo, where he later gained
-prominence as a leader in the fight to keep that section of the country
-under the government of the state of Ohio rather than the state of
-Michigan.
-
-Dr. William Turner, Stickney’s successor, had been stationed at Fort
-Wayne between 1810-12 as garrison surgeon’s mate. On April 7, 1813, he
-was promoted to surgeon in the Seventeenth Infantry. He resigned from
-the army on January 31, 1815, returned to Fort Wayne as a private
-citizen, and married Anne Wells, daughter to Captain William Wells. On
-March 6, 1819, he was appointed agent for the Miami, Eel River, and
-other Indians, and in 1820, assumed all of Stickney’s duties. Because of
-ill health, Turner began to drink considerably, and within a year, on
-May 24, 1820, Calhoun informed him of his removal from office in
-consequence of “unsatisfactory conduct.”[17] However, the affairs of the
-agency were not turned over to his successor, John Hays, until August,
-1820. Turner died at Fort Wayne in 1821.
-
-At a time when the story of Indian relations was a sordid and corrupt
-one, revealing on the part of traders, agents, and officials of the
-Indian administration a baseness and moral depravity that was unusual
-even for the nineteenth century, John Hays stands out as one of the few
-agents who could not be classed in such a group. Hays was born in New
-York City in 1770. While a youth, he engaged in the Indian trade as a
-clerk in a trading house in Canada. In 1793 he settled at Cahokia,
-Illinois, where he held a number of government positions until his
-appointment at Fort Wayne. Unfortunately for the Indians of this area,
-Hays remained at Fort Wayne less than three years.
-
-John Hays was never happy at Fort Wayne, despite his good work. He could
-not bring his family here, as they were too numerous to move a great
-distance, and the five hundred miles to Cahokia was also too far for
-Hays to visit them. Furthermore, Hays became disgusted when he found
-that by his own efforts, he was helpless in checking the traders from
-furnishing the Indians whiskey. On one occasion the traders combined
-against him to prevent the issuance of a presidential order curtailing
-the amount of whiskey brought to Fort Wayne.
-
-Hays also urged the appointment of a sub-agent to assist him in
-controlling the situation, and the reestablishment of a military force
-at Fort Wayne. “It is neither [at] Chicago, Green Bay, Prairie du Chien,
-Falls of St. Anthony, Rock River, or any part of the Mississippi or even
-Michilimakanac ... that in my opinion a Military force would be more
-necessary.”[18] he wrote to John Calhoun. The opinion of Hays was not
-one to be lightly put aside, as it was he, who on the strength of his
-wide experience, furnished information on the routes for the armies and
-the distribution of forces from Montreal to Michilimackinac during the
-War of 1812.
-
-Owing to the disapproval of his proposal by Governor Cass, head of the
-Fort Wayne agency, none of Hays’ suggestions were adopted, however. Hays
-was often at odds with Cass as to the manner of dealing with the
-Indians. In one instance, Hays had been having particular trouble with
-the Potawatomies under Metea. These Indians objected to traveling to
-Detroit to receive their annuity rather than coming to Fort Wayne, which
-was almost a hundred miles closer to their village, near the present
-site of South Bend, Indiana. Hays, therefore, agreed that the next
-payments should be made at Fort Wayne, but Cass ignored the agreement
-and ordered the Indians to come to Detroit. After they arrived, Cass
-reproached them for crossing into Canada to receive British gifts. Metea
-bitingly replied that they would gladly give up the practice, if the
-Americans gave out the annuities at Fort Wayne.
-
-During his second year at Fort Wayne, Hays was obliged to reduce his
-expenditures from $5,000 to less than $3,000 in line with a general
-reduction of funds for the Indian Department. At the same time, he
-needed money to repair the agency quarters within the fort, which were
-fast decaying. Added to the decay was the destruction brought about by
-Reverend Isaac McCoy’s Indian school children living within the fort.
-The property of the agency at this time was listed as “public dwellings
-inside the stockade, five dwelling houses outside the fort, one
-blacksmith shop, one coal house, one root house, one stable, two
-pastures, one timothy meadow, and one field all fenced.”[19]
-
-While John Hays was Indian agent at Fort Wayne, Benjamin Berry Kercheval
-served as his assistant at a salary of $500 a year. Kercheval was born
-at Winchester, Virginia, April 9, 1793, and went to Detroit when he was
-eighteen. Around 1818, Kercheval came to Fort Wayne and here served for
-a time as an interpreter for Benjamin Stickney. Later he became a
-representative of the American Fur Company, a position he held when he
-was employed by Hays. Hays used Kercheval a great deal and trusted him
-implicitly. In 1821, the birth of a daughter to Benjamin Kercheval and
-his wife, formerly Maria Forsythe, was an event of such interest to the
-Indians that they shortly adopted the child with solemn ceremonies as a
-member of the Miami tribe.
-
-The national government recognized the growing importance of Fort Wayne
-in the establishment of a post office in 1820. Although Samuel Hanna was
-in reality the first man to serve as postmaster at Fort Wayne, Kercheval
-whose commission bore the date of February 4, was the first appointee of
-President Monroe. Hanna established the office in his store, after
-Kercheval evidently had declined to serve.
-
-At this time there was one mail every two weeks from Cincinnati, and the
-only newspaper to find its way to the pioneer village regularly was the
-_Liberty Hall_ from Cincinnati. In 1822, in response to the demands of
-the town, the government established regular routes between Fort Wayne
-and Chicago, as well as the Ohio villages on the St. Mary’s.
-
-The chief industry of the village in these early years continued to be
-trade with the Indians, either for their furs and peltries or for their
-annuity money. With the end of the Indian wars, the Miamis and
-neighboring tribes once more found time for hunting and trapping. At the
-same time the establishment of European peace in 1815, at the end of the
-Napoleonic era, brought about a sharp rise in the price of furs. New and
-powerful traders began to operate in the Maumee-Wabash area with many
-coming to Fort Wayne as the central point of the region.
-
-We have already noted the firm established by Samuel Hanna and his
-brother-in-law, James Barnett in 1819. A year later the American Fur
-Company, operating from Detroit and owned by John Jacob Astor,
-established an important branch at Fort Wayne. Benjamin Kercheval,
-Alexis Coquillard, and Francis Comparet were its first representatives.
-Comparet and Coquillard, both came directly from Detroit for the purpose
-of establishing the company’s branch house at Fort Wayne. Comparet
-remained at Fort Wayne permanently, but Coquillard later established a
-trading station on the St. Joseph river of Lake Michigan, on the site of
-the city of South Bend, as an outpost of the company’s establishment at
-Fort Wayne.
-
-In 1822, the family of Alexander Ewing came to Fort Wayne from Troy,
-Ohio. The Ewing family consisted of Alexander Ewing, an old Pennsylvania
-trader, his wife, Charlotte, three daughters—Charlott, Lavina, and
-Louisa—, and four sons—Charles, who became president judge of the
-circuit court of Indiana, Alexander H., who later became a prosperous
-Cincinnati merchant, and George W. and William G., who became associated
-with their father in the trading establishment.
-
-Alexander Ewing with his sons, George W. and William G., did business
-under the name of “A. Ewing and Sons”. After the older Ewing’s death in
-1826, the firm became “W. G. and G. W. Ewing.” The Ewings became known
-for their real-estate and fur-trading operations, the latter on a scale
-that made them rivals of the American Fur Company in the Great Lakes
-region. At first the two firms were friendly toward each other, but a
-trade war which eventually broke out between the two companies in 1828
-resulted in the bankruptcy of the American Fur Company five year later.
-The Ewings also found it profitable to advance goods to the Indians,
-thereby presenting large claims against the annuity payments for the
-Indians. The Ewings had branch houses in Logansport, Largro, and Peru,
-and posts in Missouri, Iowa, Michigan, Kansas, Wisconsin, and Minnesota,
-at the height of their business interests.
-
-The year 1822 also brought to Fort Wayne the families of William Nesbit
-Hood and his brother, Robert Hood, who came from Dayton, Ohio. The Hoods
-also secured a license for trading with the Indians. Although successful
-in their operations, they never entered into large scale trading such as
-the Ewings, and later became involved in politics and real estate
-speculation.
-
-Most of the traders at Fort Wayne seldom left town, but had a number of
-men called “engages” in their service who accompanied the Indians in
-their hunts, supplied them with goods in small quantities, and watched
-them that they did not sell their furs to traders other than their
-employers. The furs brought in consisted principally of deer and raccoon
-skins. Bear, otter, and beaver were becoming scarce. In the
-eighteen-thirties, when the beaver prices tumbled and the raccoon skins
-became popular, the Maumee-Wabash region became for a few years the
-center of interest of the American fur trade, as this area produced
-large numbers of raccoons.
-
-The skins when brought in were loosely rolled or tied, but they were
-afterward made into packs which were three feet long and eighteen inches
-wide after being subjected to a heavy pressure in a wedge press. The
-values of the furs were nominal, as they were paid for in goods passed
-off to the Indians for two or three times their actual worth. Moreover,
-fur prices fluctuated greatly, depending upon the fashion.
-
-On February 24, 1823, John Hays wrote to Calhoun tendering his
-resignation as Indian agent at Fort Wayne, pointing out that he was too
-far from his home at Cahokia, Illinois. After elaborating on the
-benefits the Indians had received under his administration of the
-agency, he strongly recommended that Benjamin B. Kercheval, his present
-assistant, be appointed as his successor. Kercheval was an excellent man
-for the position, but did not receive the appointment, as Hays had
-allowed the news of his intended resignation to leak out before writing
-to Calhoun. As the fears of British intrigue around Fort Wayne had
-vanished after the War of 1812, the agency at Fort Wayne came to be
-regarded as a political plum. The state delegation in Congress had been
-exerting pressure on the president for some time to appoint citizens of
-Indiana to positions in the state. Calhoun, early in 1822, had refused
-to remove Hays in order that John Tipton, a native of Indiana, could be
-appointed in his place. However, when the Indiana delegation heard of
-Hay’s intended resignation, they carried the matter of their
-recommendation of Tipton directly to President Monroe and secured his
-approval before Calhoun had the opportunity to recommend Kercheval. When
-Kercheval brought the news of his failure to Hays, the latter wrote to
-Lewis Cass, “I never was more disappointed and mortified than on the
-arrival of Mr. Kercheval. I certainly should not have resigned at this
-moment, had I not thought Mr. Kercheval would be successfull.”[22]
-
-Hays remained at Fort Wayne until June 5, 1823, and for a short time
-both he and Tipton were present at the agency. John Tipton was a product
-of the east Tennessee frontier, where he was born in 1786. When he was
-seven, his father was killed by an Indian. In 1807, the Tipton family
-moved to Harrison County, Indiana. Although he lacked any formal
-education, Tipton’s dynamic qualities as a leader more than compensated
-for his educational shortcomings. In later life, Tipton learned to read
-and write, but it always remained a difficult task for him, judging by
-his letters. In 1811, Tipton took part as a common soldier in the battle
-of Tippecanoe. Afterward his advancement in the army was astonishingly
-rapid, for in six years, he became a brigadier general. After the War of
-1812, Tipton’s rise in the political field was equally as rapid and his
-influence became statewide. The political positions he held were as
-follows: justice of the peace, deputy sheriff, sheriff, member of the
-state legislature, state commissioner, Indian agent at Fort Wayne, and
-finally U. S. Senator.
-
-In 1823, Tipton was glad to accept the position as Indian agent at Fort
-Wayne for life at Corydon, his former home, had become unpleasantly
-complicated by financial and domestic difficulties. His marriage to
-Martha Shields had ended with a divorce in 1817. The salary of the
-Indian agent was $1,200 a year, a fair income in those days. The
-position also gave Tipton special advantages in the treaty negotiations
-to secure choice sites of land either for his friends or for himself. It
-was primarily through this means that Tipton was well on his way to
-becoming one of the wealthiest men in the state at the time of his
-death. Obviously Tipton’s financial and political success were closely
-linked. In today’s society the public and private “conflict of interest”
-in his career would be grist for many crusading journalists. However in
-an age when the “Spoils System” would soon become acceptable and in a
-small isolated frontier community where the agent had to deal constantly
-with the same few individuals, his career should also be judged in
-relation to the time and place. Tipton was not insensible to the needs
-of the Indians under his care, but he usually decided on the issues with
-his personal and political future in mind.
-
-When Tipton received his appointment there were only 2,441 Miami,
-Potawatomie and Eel River Indians left in the territory covered by the
-Fort Wayne agency. In 1824, their annuities amounted to $17,300 for the
-Miamis, $1,100 for the Eel River Indians, and $1,700 for the
-Potawatomies. These annuities, which increased threefold during Tipton’s
-administration, were a stake well worth effort of the traders. Moreover,
-added to these annuities were the gifts and other contingencies which
-the government furnished the Indians and had to buy from the traders.
-The traders in the vicinity of Fort Wayne realized the fur trade was
-declining, but they also knew the Indians sill needed their goods and
-encouraged then to buy heavily on credit. The Indians recognized these
-debts, some of which were artificial even, and before the annuities were
-paid, the traders made sure they received their payments. What was left
-for the Indians was either spent on whiskey or in buying more goods.
-There was no limit to the greed of many of the traders. Finding the
-annuities inadequate, they joined with the Indians in asking for
-increased payments by the government and conspired to hold up treaty
-agreements until demands were granted.
-
-The outstanding incident of Tipton’s second year as agent was his
-seizure of goods belonging to the powerful American Fur Company for
-violation of the Intercourse Act on the part of two of their clerks at
-Fort Wayne. Tipton’s action was upheld by a jury in the United States
-district court, and the goods were declared forfeited. However, when the
-case was carried to the United States Supreme Court, the judgement was
-reversed, and the case was ordered back to the district court, where it
-was finally dismissed.[23] Whatever the legal merits of the case, it was
-clear that not even someone with Tipton’s political influence could
-challenge the important traders, especially Astor’s American Fur
-Company.
-
-
-[1]_John Tipton Papers_ I, _IHC_, XXIV ed. Nellie Robertson and Dorothy
- Riker, p. 49.
-
-[2]Major Vose was a native of Manchester, New Hampshire. He was
- commissioned a captain in the twenty-first infantry in 1812 and
- promoted to major during the war. In 1842, he received the
- commission of colonel. His death occurred at New Orleans Barracks,
- in Louisiana, in 1845.
-
-[3]_Above_, pp. [p 66-69.]
-
-[4]J. L. Williams, _Historical Sketch of the First Presbyterian Church,
- Fort Wayne, Indiana_, p. 12.
-
-[5]Riley to Sanford, Nov. 24, 1819, quoted in Riley W. Willshire’s
- _Sequel to Riley’s Narrative_, pp. 401-404.
-
-[6]_Ibid._, p. 403.
-
-[6a]Riley to Tiffin, Nov. 14, 1820, quoted in T. B. Helm, _History of
- Wabash County_, p. 78.
-
-[7]_Ibid._, p. 78.
-
-[8]_Ibid._, p. 78.
-
-[9]Rev. J. B. Finney, _Life Among the Indians_, p. 34.
-
-[10]William H. Keating (comp) _Narrative of an Expedition to the Source
- of St. Peter’s River ... 1823 ... under the command of Stephen H.
- Long_, I: 81.
-
-[11]“Journal of Thomas Scattergood Teas”, _Indiana as Seen by Early
- Travelers_, ed. Harlow Lindley, p. 98.
-
-[12]Isaac McCoy, _History of Baptist Indian Missions_, p. 68.
-
-[13]Chief Richardville, himself a staunch Catholic, sent his son to
- McCoy’s school. Later his son died a drunkard. After that
- Richardville would allow no school to be established for boys of his
- tribe unless they were instructed by a Catholic. See, _John Tipton
- Papers_, II: 134.
-
-[14]Duncan McArthur to James Monroe, March 16, 1815, McArthur Papers,
- Burton Historical Collection.
-
-[15]Lewis Cass to John Calhoun, January 7, 1819, _Michigan Pioneer and
- Historical Collection_, 28 91.
-
-[16]_John Tipton Papers I, Indiana Historical Collection_, XXIV, ed.
- Nellie Armstrong Robertson and Dorothy Riker, p. 432.
-
-[17]Calhoun to Turner, May 24, 1820, _Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV,
- ed. Nellie Armstrong Robertson and Dorothy Riker, pp. 535-6.
-
-[18]Nellie A. Robertson “John Hays and the Fort Wayne Agency”, _Indiana
- Magazine of History_, 39: 230.
-
-[19]Nellie A. Robertson, “John Hays and the Fort Wayne Agency”, _Indiana
- Magazine of History_, 39: 226.
-
-[22]_John Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, ed. Nellie A. Robertson and
- Dorothy Riker, p. 303.
-
-[23]_John Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, 434-5; 439-40; 782-3.
-
-
-
-
- Chapter VI
- Platting of Fort Wayne and the First Local Government
-
-
-While the traders, large and small alike, were thus successfully evading
-any effective control over their operations, Fort Wayne was developing
-from a frontier army post and portage center into a very prosperous
-community. Its strategic location, the opening of a land office in 1822
-and its selection as the county seat of Allen county brought many new
-settlers to the area.
-
-The land office was established at Fort Wayne by an act of Congress on
-May 8, 1822.[1] The coming of Joseph Holman of Wayne county, appointed
-by President Monroe to serve as the first register of the land office,
-and Captain Samuel C. Vance of Dearborn county, as the receiver of the
-public moneys, was the signal for great activity in securing the
-choicest sites when the sale should open in the fall of 1823.
-
-Register Holman and Captain Vance established their office in the old
-fort where much of the clerical work of the business came under the
-direct supervision of a young man who accompanied Captain Vance as his
-assistant, Allen Hamilton. Hamilton later became one of the most
-foremost merchants in the Fort Wayne area. He was born in Tyrone county,
-Ireland in 1798 and came to America in 1817 to retrieve the family
-wealth which had been lost by his father. In this he was quite
-successful after arriving at Fort Wayne. As a trader, he became a good
-friend of the Miamis, and in particular Chief Richardville. In this
-manner he was generally able to obtain choice land sites from the
-Indians in exchange for payment of their debts. He and Tipton later
-became partners in buying and improving Indian lands for speculation. In
-political affairs he was not so successful, later incurring the powerful
-opposition of the Ewings by reason of his friendship with the American
-Fur Company.
-
-The act that set up the land office at Fort Wayne provided that all
-public lands for which the Indian title had been extinguished and which
-had not been granted to or secured for the use of any individual or
-individuals or appropriated and reserved for any other purpose were to
-be opened for sale. It was necessary to make some decision about the
-fort and public buildings which had been used by the Indian agency since
-the withdrawal of the garrison in 1819. Upon the recommendation of Lewis
-Cass, the site of the fort and thirty acres additional were withheld
-from the sale in order that the Indians assembling for councils or
-annuity payments might have a place for encampment. The land speculators
-were bitterly disappointed and made periodic efforts to secure part of
-the valuable reserve. Tipton was one of the principal opponents of its
-sale as long as the agency remained at Fort Wayne.[2]
-
-On October 22, 1823—the thirty-third anniversary of Harmar’s defeat on
-this same spot, and the twenty-ninth anniversary of the dedication of
-the original fort—the government land sale was opened in the fort. John
-T. Barr, a merchant of Baltimore, Maryland, and John McCorkle, an active
-citizen of Piqua, Ohio, combined their resources and purchased the tract
-which is known as the Original Plat.
-
-Neither of these original proprietors of Fort Wayne chose to make his
-home here. Nothing is known of the activities of John T. Barr in
-Baltimore, beyond the showing of the Baltimore city directories of his
-period, which refer to him as a merchant. More is known, however, of the
-activities of John McCorkle. He was born at Piqua in 1791. As the owner
-of a carding mill, gristmill and oil mill, he laid the foundation for a
-prosperous future and became Piqua’s most enterprising citizen. In 1819,
-together with John Hedges, he furnished supplies of beef and bread to
-the Indians at Fort Wayne while they were awaiting their annuity
-payments. Two years later he founded St. Mary’s, Ohio. He was actively
-engaged in state and national politics in 1829, when he died at the age
-of thirty-eight.
-
-Barr and McCorkle came to the Fort Wayne land sale together, in a
-bateau, which they propelled down the St. Mary’s river. For the original
-tract, they paid twenty-six dollars per acre, in that year an
-extravagant price for western land.[3] They took immediate steps to plat
-the property and to offer it for sale in the form of business and
-residence lots. A surveyor was employed to lay out the property which
-today would include that part of Downtown Fort Wayne bounded on the
-north by the Nickel Plate Railroad, on the east by Barr Street, on the
-south by Washington Boulevard, and on the west by the alley between
-Calhoun and Harrison streets. The plat consisted originally of 110 lots.
-There were four north-and-south streets and five east-and-west streets.
-
-Alexander Ewing secured eighty acres of ground immediately west of the
-Barr and McCorkle tract. This later became known as “Ewing’s addition”.
-The tract known as “Wells pre-emption”, lying between the forks of the
-St. Mary’s and St. Joseph rivers, having been set aside by Congress for
-Captain Wells as early as 1808, was purchased by his heirs at the
-minimum price of $1.25 an acre.
-
-The land offices were continued at Fort Wayne during the period of
-twenty-one years. The positions connected with it were considered
-excellent rewards for political service. Thus, with the inauguration of
-Jackson in 1829 Holman and Vance were removed. Later appointees were
-also appointed or removed according to the political fortune of their
-parties.
-
-While the proprietors of their newly purchased land were busy preparing
-for the sale of lots, the state legislature on December 11, 1823, passed
-an act creating the county of Allen, with jurisdiction over what is now
-Wells, Adams, DeKalb, and Steuben counties and portions of Noble,
-LaGrange, Huntington, and Whitley counties.[4] This area included
-practically all of northwestern Indiana. The name of Allen county was
-suggested by John Tipton, who was an ardent admirer of Colonel John
-Allen, the gallant Kentuckian who, after aiding in the relief of Fort
-Wayne in 1812, lost his life at the battle of the River Raisin in
-Michigan.
-
-Barr and McCorkle awaited the organization of the county government,
-after which they proceeded with the work of securing returns on their
-investments. At this time there were no streets beyond beaten paths and
-driveways which had, by chance, come into accepted use whenever one man
-chose to walk or drive over a route taken by another before him.
-However, with the laying out of the streets for the future town, the
-site assumed an air of order and enterprises. There was work for all.
-
-The legislative act creating Allen county took effect April 1, 1824. Six
-days previous to this date, four state commissioners arrived to select
-the seat of government for the new county. Throughout the West the
-various town promoters frequently fought vigorously to have _their_
-community selected as county seat. This usually led to fierce rivalries
-between neighboring towns. However in the case of Allen county, Fort
-Wayne faced no competition due to its dominant position in location and
-population, it being the only village of any size in northeastern
-Indiana. These commissioners, in accordance with instructions from the
-state legislature, held their session at the tavern of Alexander Ewing,
-known as Washington Hall, and soon completed the formalities of their
-mission.
-
-The first election of county officers occurred on May 22. Previous to
-this, Governor William Hendricks had named Allen Hamilton to serve as
-sheriff of Allen county. The election of county officers was held in
-accordance with the sheriff’s proclamation. Although partisan politics
-did not enter into it, the race was a heated one, as indicated by the
-attempt of the defeated candidates to contest the election.
-
-The voters selected Samuel Hanna and Benjamin Cushman for associate
-circuit court judges; Anthony Davis for clerk and recorder; and William
-Rockhill, James Wyman, and Francis Comparet for county commissioners.
-Alexander Ewing, a rival of Samuel Hanna, and Marshall K. Taylor, who
-ran against Comparet, contested the election, claiming that there was an
-unfair count of the ballots. However, they failed to prove their
-charges.
-
-At the first meeting of the commissioners, John Tipton was appointed to
-the important post of county agent. The commissioners also fixed the
-following figures to regulate the rates to be charged by tavernkeepers,
-who were required to pay an annual license fee of $12.50 to conduct
-their business: Dinner, breakfast, and supper 25 cents; keeping horse,
-night and day, 50 cents; lodging per night 12½ cents; whiskey, per half
-pint 12½ cents; brandy, per half pint, 50 cents; gin per half pint, 37½
-cents; cider, per quart, 18 cents.
-
-The board also decided upon the following rates for assessment on
-personal property for the year of 1824: Male person, over the age of 21
-years, 50 cents; horse or mule, 37½ cents; work oxen, 19 cents; gold
-watch, $1; silver watch, 25 cents; pinchbeck watch, 25 cents; pleasure
-carriage, four wheels, $1.50; pleasure carriage, two wheels, $1.00.[5]
-
-Treasurer Holman reported that in 1824 the county was entitled to
-$111.62 from taxes. The state at that time, and for a long period to
-follow, paid a bounty on all wolf scalps taken; the certificates thus
-issued were receivable for tax payments. For the first years, nearly all
-the taxes of Allen county were paid off in these certificates, a clear
-indication of the wild nature of the Fort Wayne area.
-
-The first session of the Allen County circuit court was held beginning
-August 9, 1824, at Ewing’s tavern, with Judges Cushman and Hanna
-presiding. The records of the opening years of the county’s judicial
-history reveal the fact that very few of the leading citizens escaped
-indictment on charges of selling liquor illegally, larceny, assault and
-battery, gambling, defamation of character, or trespassing, while the
-civil and chancery cases were numerous from the beginning.[6]
-
-The report of the first grand jury, which was received no doubt with
-complacency by the community, would if duplicated at the present time
-precipitate official investigations and loss of positions. But it
-reflects the spirit of the time in early Fort Wayne. Both of the
-associate judges were indicted for minor offenses. Of the nine
-defendants charged with illegal sale of liquors, the large part were men
-whose names are synonymous with the builders of early Fort Wayne. Six of
-those accused of the illegal sale of liquor paid fines of three dollars,
-while the remaining three drew fines of four dollars each. Apparently it
-was well worth such small fines to be able to trade with the Indians,
-and the practice continued.
-
-The most important matter to come before the county commissioners in
-1824 was the proposition of John T. Barr and John McCorkle in regard to
-the town plat which they had laid out in August. The offer included a
-grant to the county treasury of $500 cash and the donation to the county
-of one square for the use of public buildings (the present Court House
-square), one lot for a school building, and one lot for a church of no
-particular denomination, but free to all. In addition to this, Barr and
-McCorkle offered various other lots located throughout the plat to be
-disposed of by the county.
-
-The commissioners lost little time in accepting this offer, and the town
-of Fort Wayne consisting of about sixteen square blocks came into
-existence. The deed was made out to John Tipton, the county agent. The
-first lots were sold September 18, 1824, under the direction of Tipton.
-The buyers were Francis Comparet, William Barbee, William Suttenfield,
-Edward Mitchel, Thomas Rue, Charles W. Ewing, Rees Goodwin, John J.
-Griggs, Benjamin Kercheval, Christopher Vallequitte, Jean B.
-Richardville, Alexander Ewing, William Murphy, Benjamin Archer, Moses
-Scott, James Scott, William N. Hood, Jacob Everly, Walker and Davis,
-Samuel Hanna, and Benjamin and Jacob Glossbruner.[7]
-
-Some of these lots, in the heart of the present city, sold for $10.25;
-the highest brought only $25. The entire thirty-six lots comprising this
-original sale netted only $690.50, an average of less than $20. per lot.
-Most of the purchasers made a down payment of half the purchase price.
-After the sale of some of the remaining lots, Tipton resigned as county
-agent on September 5, 1825, and Charles W. Ewing was appointed to fill
-the vacancy.
-
-With the selection of Fort Wayne as the county seat and the improvement
-and sale of the public lands, new settlers began to arrive in 1824. One
-of these was Hugh Hanna, the brother of Samuel Hanna, who established
-the first cabinet and carpenter shop. The villagers were becoming
-prosperous enough to build more permanent homes and furnish them with
-better furniture. Chief Richardville and Samuel Hanna, following the
-best tradition in the East, imported most of their household furnishings
-from France.
-
-Another indication that Fort Wayne was becoming a village for the more
-permanent type of settler was the establishment of a small brick factory
-north of the town by Benjamin Archer who also arrived in 1824. From the
-products of his yards the first brick building at Fort Wayne was
-constructed near the end of that year.
-
-Other settlers of 1824 were Mrs. Peter Edsall and her nine children. At
-Fort Wayne the family purchased a farm. Later her sons—Samuel, John
-Simon, and William—became identified in the developments of the town,
-establishing saw mills, laying plank roads, and finally contracting for
-the construction of the first railroad to reach Fort Wayne. William
-Stewart, Smalwood Noel, John Bruno, Charles and Francis Minie, Richard
-Chobert, and Joseph Barron also came to the village in 1824. Most of
-these people came from Ohio, Kentucky and Virginia by way of the Ohio
-and St. Mary’s rivers. A few of them came from the Detroit region or
-from New York state by way of Lake Erie and the Maumee river.
-
-
-[1]_U. S. Statutes at Large_, 3: 701-2; 6:448.
-
-[2]At a later date part of the reserve was taken over by the state in
- connection with the opening of the Wabash-Erie canal; the remaining
- twenty acres were purchased by Cyrus Taber and opened for sale in
- 1835. It appears from John Tipton’s correspondence at the time that
- he and Allen Hamilton also had an interest in Taber’s purchase.
-
-[3]_John Tipton Papers_, II, _IHC_, XXV, p. 18.
-
-[4]_Revised Laws of Indiana, 1823-24_, p. 109. This legislative act took
- effect April 1, 1824.
-
-[5]Treasurer’s Report for Allen County, 1824, Allen County Historical
- Society Archives.
-
-[6]Judge Allen Zollars, “Bench and Bar of Allen County” quoted in
- Charles Slocum, _Valley of the Upper Maumee River_, II, p. 439.
-
-[7]_Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, p. 405.
-
-
-
-
- Chapter VII
- The Treaty of 1826 and the Removal of the Indian Agency
-
-
-The year 1825 found the village of Fort Wayne had developed to a town of
-nearly one hundred and fifty people—that is to say of persons considered
-more or less permanently settled. The town was in the pathway of many
-who traveled by way of the rivers, passing chiefly to the southwest; so
-there was a closer business and social connection with the busy eastern
-centers than had prevailed during the earlier years.
-
-In many respects the growth of Fort Wayne was typical of what was
-happening elsewhere in the West. The Indian country, opened to the
-whites by the treaties between 1795 and 1818, was being speedily
-settled. The “New Purchase” acquired from the Miami and Potawatomie in
-1818 was carved into twenty-two counties and a flood of settlers rushed
-in to take up the choice locations. In 1829 it was estimated that a
-hundred thousand people were living in the New Purchase. In 1820, but
-four years a state, Indiana boasted a population of 147,178 people, and
-the next census revealed the addition of 195,853. In 1826, the northern
-third of Indiana was held by less than three thousand Indians while the
-southern two-thirds was settled by one hundred times as many whites.
-Within a short time pressure of the whites, who lusted for the rich land
-north of the Wabash-Maumee line, led to an inexorable demand for Indian
-removal.
-
-Fort Wayne as a central point along this line of the Maumee and Wabash
-river, and at the edge of the white civilization, while touching the
-Indian country, held a unique and paradoxical position. The traders and
-land speculators at Fort Wayne—the Ewings, Hamilton, Hanna, Barnett,
-Hood, Comparet, Coquillard, and others—were making a handsome profit in
-their dealings with the Indians. As long as the Indian agency remained
-at Fort Wayne, and as long as the Indians remained in this area and
-received ever-better annuities, these men profited. Removal of the
-Indians, as William G. Ewing pointed out, would deprive the area of many
-thousands of dollars distributed annually. This money, he maintained,
-contributed to the upbuilding of the area.[1]
-
-However, it must be remembered that there was a factor, especially
-important at Fort Wayne, which made the removal of the Indians very
-desirable. The craze for internal improvements had struck throughout the
-West in the eighteen-twenties. In Indiana the most-discussed and
-most-promising project was the proposed Wabash and Erie Canal, for which
-the portage at Fort Wayne was the focal point. Many of these traders at
-Fort Wayne had through their astuteness in business with the Indians
-acquired valuable property along the route of the proposed canal.
-Nevertheless, the Indians still held the territory north of the Wabash
-and Maumee, and their removal was necessary for the work to be able to
-proceed. In the final analysis, it became a question of which interest
-was more powerful, the Indian traders and fur companies or the larger
-group of land speculators, town-site promoters, merchants, and settlers
-of the Wabash and Maumee valleys. It was inevitable that the latter
-group should win out, but at Fort Wayne the struggle was a bitter one.
-Here we see some of the traders, such as Hanna, placed in the
-paradoxical position of agitating for the removal of the Indians, while
-at the same time eager to retain their trade. Others, in particular the
-Ewings, opposed their removal. Both groups had acquired valuable
-property along the proposed canal line, but those who sided with the
-Ewings had more money invested in their trading operations with the
-Indians and usually dealt in the fur trade also.[2]
-
-Somewhere between both groups stood John Tipton, Indian agent. Tipton
-never doubted that Indiana was destined to be a white man’s country. He
-thoroughly agreed with the popular demand for internal improvements and
-for the removal of the Indians. He himself was one of the major holders
-of choice land, which he had acquired from the Indians and which he
-hoped to develop. But as Indian agent he had to account for his acts to
-the Washington officials as well as to opinion in Indiana. Moreover, he
-was not callous to the sorry plight of the once powerful Miami and
-Potawatomie, whose contact with the white traders had reduced them to
-pitiful tribes. Then, too, Tipton could not openly flaunt the powerful
-traders, who wanted the Indians to remain. Tipton’s position as Indian
-agent was recognized as one of the best political appointments in
-Indiana. His hold on his position depended on his ability to keep in the
-good graces of the Indiana delegation in Congress, and this in turn
-necessitated making as few enemies as possible. Moreover, Tipton
-realized that the traders could prevent the negotiation of any treaty
-and the cession of land by the Indians by reason of their powerful
-influence with the chiefs. Failure to secure these cessions periodically
-would ruin any Indian agent.
-
-By 1826 Tipton was ready to act. He felt that the Miamis and
-Potawatomies were sufficiently softened by their growing dependence on
-government annuities and on the whiskey and other goods furnished by the
-traders to be amenable to proposals for another land cession.
-Accordingly, a commission of Tipton, Lewis Cass, and Governor James Ray
-of Indiana was appointed to deal with the Indians.
-
-By this time, the procedure in negotiating Indian treaties had become
-fairly stereotyped. The Indians were gathered together by agents who
-made glowing promises of good things to come. At the meeting place
-preparations were made for feeding great numbers of people; traders were
-encouraged to attend with attractive selections of goods, numerous
-barrels of whiskey were imported; and every precaution was taken to
-satisfy the appetites and desires of the Indians. At the proper time the
-agent in charge assembled the braves, to whom he read a stilted and
-pompous message from the Great White Father in which the Indians were
-upbraided for their depredations, drunkenness, and other misconduct, and
-reminded of the forbearance, generosity, and friendliness of the whites.
-Then the Indians were asked what lands they would surrender and if they
-would move farther west.
-
-Neither the Miamis nor the Potawatomies wanted to leave their lands in
-1826, but after food and whiskey had been consumed and goods given out
-to the value of $61,588, they showed signs of weakening. However, it was
-apparent that the commissioners could get nowhere unless they could
-secure the support of the traders. The latter desired to have their
-claims—sometimes two or three times the actual amount of credit they had
-extended to the Indians—allowed and paid for out of the annuities. They
-also wished to gain control of more desirable land through the treaty,
-thus obtaining it without the land being put up at public auction as was
-the legal requirement.
-
-There had grown up in the administration of Indian affairs a way of
-passing Indian lands to the whites without subjecting them to the land
-laws of the United States. The proper legal procedure of land disposal
-was for the Indians to cede land to the United States, whereupon it
-became subject to the administration of the General Land Office. The
-land would then be surveyed and sold at auction to the highest bidder.
-The remaining land was sold for $1.25 an acre. This method was fair and
-democratic. The nonstatutory method of land disposal worked in this way;
-trader and Indian agents, who generally cooperated closely with one
-another, would include in the Indian treaties provisions authorizing the
-patenting of certain lands to the chiefs, half-breeds, or ordinary
-members of the tribes. In turn these individuals conveyed their rights
-to traders in payment of real or imaginary debts before the treaty was
-signed or shortly thereafter. Although presidential approval for such
-conveyances was necessary, in most cases the approval could be secured
-easily, provided the agents would report that the Indians had received a
-fair price for their land. As the agents were either under obligation to
-the traders for support in treaty negotiations or were personally
-interested in some of the reserves, they could usually be induced to
-send in a favorable report even though the Indians might have bartered
-their land away for some trinkets or a few drinks.
-
-The Ewings, Hanna, Coquillard, Hamilton, Taber, Tipton, and Vermilya,
-all acquired interests in individual reserves to the amount of thousands
-of acres. All of these men were involved in the promotion of certain
-projects (towns, roads, canals) for which their land was valuable.
-
-Thus we see the traders were in full force at the treaty grounds in
-1826, fighting for their interests. They worked through the chiefs and
-headmen of the tribes to whom they gave gifts and loans. To take care of
-the traders claims, present and prospective, it was necessary to
-increase the annuities and agree to pay the Indian debts. In addition,
-goods to the value of $41,259 were to be distributed to the Miamis for
-two years following the treaty. For these stipulations the Indians
-surrendered 976,000 acres, the main part of which was along the Wabash
-and Maumee rivers. From this cession, the Miamis were permitted to
-retain 81,800 acres for special groups and 13,920 for individual
-reserves.[3]
-
-The primary importance of this treaty, aside from the surrender of land
-wanted by actual settlers, is that it opened the way for the
-construction of the Wabash and Erie canal. The treaty of 1826 and the
-enlarged annuities it provided also made the ultimate removal of the
-Indians from this area even more difficult. The frontier community of
-Fort Wayne could not be disdainful of payments of specie which ran as
-high as $100,000 in some years. The payments of annuities, the
-distribution of gifts bought from traders and the assumption of Indian
-debts were followed by a period of prosperity for agents, traders, and
-land speculators.
-
-It is no wonder that when the people of Fort Wayne learned that Tipton
-had applied to the government officials to move the Indian agency from
-Fort Wayne, many protested vigorously. For a long time, Tipton had
-desired to remove the agency to a more central location in the Indian
-country. The exploitation of the Indians at Fort Wayne was reason
-enough, but Tipton had to wait for a while as the opposition was too
-strong. The attitude of the traders at the treaty of 1826 gave Tipton
-plenty of excuse to push the project of removal once more. In a letter
-written February 7, 1827, which eventually found its way onto the Senate
-floor, Tipton listed seven reasons why the agency should be removed from
-Fort Wayne.[4] Not only was the agency too remote from the Indians,
-argued Tipton, but it was also too close to numerous grog shops and to
-the traders who sold his wards whiskey, encouraged them to run up debts
-which must later be deducted from annuities, and cheated them in a
-hundred different ways. Tipton cited one case in which a white woman at
-Fort Wayne had purchased a shawl from a drunk squaw for seven apples and
-12½ cents. This shawl had cost the squaw $3.50.
-
-Since the removal of the Indian agency would destroy their highly
-lucrative business, the traders at Fort Wayne put aside petty quarrels
-and joined in common defense to prevent it. John McCorkle, as a
-principal owner of real estate at Fort Wayne, wrote to Representative
-William McLean from Indiana:
-
- This settlement has been formed in consequence of the establishment of
- the agency at that place. Reserves were made for the use of the agent,
- thereby holding out a guarantee to the purchasers of public lands and
- property, that this agency would be continued at that place until the
- Indians should be removed from that country. Among others, I became a
- considerable purchaser of considerable public lands, for which I paid
- an extravagant price. One tract, near and adjoining the reservation
- for the agency, I paid $26 per acre for.... If a removal should take
- place, the Indians, as well as the inhabitants at Wayne, who have
- expended their all there, will be greatly disobliged.[5]
-
-Judging from an earlier letter of McCorkle to Tipton, the former
-believed that the agent had misled him at the time the Fort Wayne lands
-were sold by the government. McCorkle sincerely believed that the agency
-would remain at Fort Wayne when he purchased the original plat.[6] After
-the agency was removed from Fort Wayne, McCorkle and Tipton became
-bitter enemies.
-
-Meanwhile some traders at Fort Wayne raised the old cry of mismanagement
-and misuse of government funds and sought the dismissal of Tipton.
-Tipton’s perennial enemies—Robert Hood, Benjamin Cushman, and Elisha
-Harris—brought five charges of misconduct against Tipton before the
-Secretary of War, James Barbour.[7]
-
-In answering these charges Tipton wrote:
-
- Although it is improper for a man to speak of his neighbours faults
- and follies, yet both self defence and truth Justifies the assertion
- that a majority of the Citizens of this village are of the lowest
- order of society, such as discharged soldiers and dishonourable men.
- In this latter class is Robert Hood, Ben Cushman and Elisha B. Harris,
- who have fled from the offended laws of their Country elsewhere and
- have stopped here on account of the quantity of money annualy
- disbursed at this place. Their constant practice is to get money from
- the Indians by every artifice in their power ... we should not be
- surprised at the unexampled exertion made to oust me, when we reflect
- on fate of all my predecessors that Wells and Turner were dismissed,
- Stickney put out by address, and M. Hays almost compelled by the
- society here to resign. The superintendant knows me and is not wholy
- unacquainted with the character of a part of the inhabitants of this
- village.... He can satisfy you what kind of people I have to deal
- with.[8]
-
-Elisha Harris, one of the men who filed charges against Tipton, had a
-very questionable record. He was indicted several times for stealing
-horses from the Indians. The other men, Cushman and Hood, who filed the
-charges against Tipton, were both elected judges of Allen county and
-apparently had some standing in the community. Cushman was indicted once
-for carrying concealed weapons, but he was never convicted on any
-charge. Indeed there were few leading men in the county who escaped
-being brought before the court. Subpoenas were served on the Ewings,
-Suttenfield, and others. Nor was Tipton innocent of all charges. His
-enemies could truthfully say that he had used his position as Indian
-agent to gain control of some of the most valuable land in northern
-Indiana, but this they would not do, as they would expose themselves
-also.
-
-Despite the vigorous protests and charges leveled against him, Tipton
-was able to accomplish his purpose, the removal of the Indian agency
-from Fort Wayne. Through the controversy, Tipton was supported by Lewis
-Cass, his immediate superior, who in this instance became convinced that
-the welfare of the Indians and the greater convenience of Tipton
-required removal. With Cass’ influence on his side, the transfer was
-authorized on March 14, 1828.
-
-Tipton had a personal interest in securing the removal of the agency to
-a spot near the junction of the Wabash and Eel rivers. He and his
-friends were able to lay out to the best advantage and to buy control of
-the Indian reserves there. Shortly thereafter, Tipton and his associates
-established the town of Logansport. The new town attracted many of those
-traders whose prosperity depended on the Indian annuities, among them
-being Cyrus Taber and one member of the Ewing firm, George W. Ewing.
-Whiskey became as plentiful at Logansport as at Fort Wayne, and the
-Indians were persuaded to overpurchase as often and defrauded as badly.
-One can hardly see what benefit had been attained by the removal of the
-agency to Logansport other than the enrichment of Tipton and his
-associates.
-
-Although the Indians failed to secure any benefits from the removal of
-the agency, actually it produced a blessing in disguise for the village
-of Fort Wayne. While the change was not immediately apparent, the
-removal of the agency meant that the town would secure a higher type of
-settler than before, and that its growth would depend more on its own
-natural advantages and industry than on the artificial boom of the
-annuity payments. Most important of all, the removal of the agency
-turned the attention of the villagers to new enterprises. Chief among
-these was the construction of the Wabash-Erie canal, which proved the
-means by which Fort Wayne achieved a new and more permanent reason for
-existence. The removal of the Indians in 1826 had made the land
-available for the canal. Now the removal of the Indian agency indirectly
-resulted in local enthusiasm for its construction.
-
-On the other hand the agency played an important role in the early
-development of Fort Wayne. While it was in existence here, the agency
-attracted many men to this area, such as Hanna, Comparet, and the
-Ewings, who later remained to build a city. The Indian agency also
-contributed indirectly to the ultimate construction of the canal. Many
-of the leading traders, in particular Samuel Hanna, had secured by means
-of trading with the Indians the choice lands they hoped to develop
-through the construction of the canal. Consequently, they vigorously
-championed the Wabash-Erie canal program.
-
-For a short time after the principal Indian agency had been removed, a
-sub-agency was maintained at Fort Wayne with Samuel Lewis and Abel C.
-Pepper in charge. When, on December 30, 1829, Pepper reported that the
-public buildings were in such a state of decay that a hundred dollars
-would be needed to repair them, the government officials determined to
-discontinue even the sub-agency.[9] Thus early in 1830, Congress
-authorized the sale of the public lands yet retained by the government
-at Fort Wayne. This act sounded the death-knell of the old fort, which
-was purchased by a land company from New Haven, Connecticut. The other
-twenty acres were purchased by the county.
-
-
-[1]_John Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, ed. Nellie Robertson and
- Dorothy Riker, p. 13.
-
-[2]By the late 1820’s, a distinction must be made between the Indian
- trade and the fur trade. The latter was still valuable but an
- increasing number of furs were being trapped by whites, as the
- Indians of the area were becoming less industrious.
-
-[3]C. Poinsatte, _Fort Wayne During the Canal Era_, p. 15.
-
-[4]_John Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, ed. Nellie Robertson and
- Dorothy Riker, pp. 651-2.
-
-[5]_John Tipton Papers_, II, _IHC_, XXV, 18.
-
-[6]_John Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, 527.
-
-[7]_Ibid._, pp. 631-3.
-
-[8]_John Tipton Papers_, I, _IHC_, XXIV, 662-3.
-
-[9]_John Tipton Papers_, II, _IHC_, XXV, 233.
-
-
-
-
- BIBLIOGRAPHY
-
-
-UNPUBLISHED PAPERS AND MANUSCRIPTS
-
- _Allen County-Fort Wayne Historical Society Archives_
- _Allen County Cemetery Inscriptions._ Ms compiled by the Mary
- Penrose Chapter, Daughters of the American Revolution.
- Allen County Records and Archives, Fort Wayne, Indiana
- Allen County Deed Books, A-J.
- Allen County Commissioners’ Records, 1824-1828.
- Allen County Court Records, 1824-1840.
- Allen County Treasurers’ Reports, 1824-1830.
- _Archives de la Province Quebec_, Quebec
- Vaudreuil Papers.
- _Archives des Colonies_, Paris
- Series B, C.
- British Museum, London
- Haldimand Papers, Department of Manuscripts
- LaBalme’s Papers, Department of Manuscripts
- Burton Historical Collection, Detroit, Michigan
- Gladwyn Papers
- Hamtramck Papers
- McArthur Papers
- Whistler Papers
- Wilkinson Records. Photostats of the General Orders of General James
- Wilkinson, 1797-1808 from the War Department Archives, Old
- Record Division, Adjutant General’s Office, Washington.
- Chicago Historical Society Library
- American Fur Company Letter Books, I and II.
- Johnson, William. _Notes on a Tour from Fort Wayne to Chicago,
- 1809._ Ms
- Kingsbury Papers
- Miscellaneous Manuscripts and Letters, 1809-1812.
- Fort Wayne-Allen County Public Library
- Indiana Historical Collection: Clipping file, this includes a number
- of miscellaneous clippings from various sources pertaining to
- the history of Fort Wayne.
- Newspaper microfilm collection, Fort Wayne _Times_, 1856-58; 1869.
- Indiana State Library, Indianapolis
- Allen County Civil Order Book, 1824-1839.
- Map of the reservations at Fort Wayne, Indiana, surveyed June, 1803,
- by Thomas Freeman.
- Plan of Fort Wayne, Indiana, drawn by Major John Whistler.
- Public Records Office, London
- CO-42, Colonial Series, Portugal Street Office.
-
-
-_PUBLISHED SOURCES_
-
-_Abernethy, Thomas Perkins. Western Lands and the American Revolution._
- New York: Appleton Co., 1937.
-
-Adams, Henry. _History of the United States of America._ 9 vols. New
- York: Scribner, 1889-91, Vol. VI.
-
-Albach, J. R. _Annals of the West._ Pittsburgh: W.S. Haven, 1857.
-
-Alvord, Clarence and Carter, Clarence. _British Trade and Politics in
- the Northwest._ (_Collections of the Illinois State Historical
- Library_, Vol. XVI) Springfield: Illinois Historical Society, 1921.
-
-Alvord, Clarence. _The Illinois Country, 1763-1818._ (_Centennial
- History of Illinois_, Vol. I) Chicago: A.C. McClurg, 1922.
-
-_American Historical Review._ (Washington, 1895-____) Volume XX.
-
-_American State Papers, Indian Affairs_, I, II: _Miscellaneous Affairs_,
- I, II; _Public Lands_, I. Washington: Government Printing Office,
- 1816-1834.
-
-Barce, Elmore. _Land of the Miamis._ Fowler, Indiana: Benton, 1922.
-
-Benton, Elbert J. _The Wabash Trade Route, John Hopkins University
- Studies in History and Political Science_, Volume XXI. Baltimore:
- John Hopkins University Press, 1903.
-
-Benton, Thomas H. (ed.). _Abridgment of the Debates of Congress from
- 1789 to 1856._ 16 Vols. New York: D. Appleton Co., 1857-1861.
- Volumes I to VII.
-
-Blair, Emma Helen (ed. and trans.). _The Indian Tribes of the Upper
- Mississippi Valley and Region of the Great Lakes as described by
- Nicolas Perret, etc._ 2 vols. Cleveland: Arthur H. Clark Co., 1911.
-
-Bond, Beverley W. _Foundations of Ohio._ Columbus, Ohio: Ohio State
- Archeological and Historical Society, 1941.
-
-Brice, Wallace. _History of Fort Wayne from the Earliest Known Accounts
- of This Point to the Present Period._ Fort Wayne: Jones & Son, 1868.
-
-Brock, R. S. (ed.). _The Official Letters of Alexander Spotswood,
- Lieutenant-Governor of the colony of Virginia, 1770-1772._ 2 vols.
- Richmond: Randolph Macon College, 1882-1885.
-
-Burnet, Jacob. _Notes on the Early Settlement of the Northwestern
- Territory._ Cincinnati: Derby, Bradley & Co., 1847.
-
-_Burton Historical Collection Leaflet_ (Detroit, 1922-____) Volume V,
- No. 1; Volume VI, No. 4; Volume VII, No. 4; Volume VIII, No. 1.
-
-Butterfield, Consul W. _History of the Girtys._ Columbus, Ohio: Press of
- F. J. Heer, 1890.
-
-Caldwell, Norman. _The French in the Mississippi Valley, 1740-1750._
- Urbana: The University of Illinois Press, 1941.
-
-Carmony, Donald and Peckham, Howard. _A Brief History of Indiana._
- Indianapolis: Indiana Historical Bureau, 1946.
-
-Carter, Clarence. _Great Britain and the Illinois Country, 1763-1774._
- Washington: American Historical Association, 1910.
-
-Charlevoix, Rev. Pierre F.X. de. _History and General Description of New
- France_ (John G. Shea, trans. and ed.) 6 vols. New York: Francis P.
- Harper, 1900. Vol. V.
-
-Cleaves, Freeman. _Old Tippecanoe._ New York: Charles Scribner’s, 1939.
-
-Cockrum, William. _Pioneer History of Indiana._ Oakland City, Indiana:
- Oakland City Journal Press, 1907.
-
-Conover, Charlotte. _Concerning the Forefathers, Colonel Robert
- Patterson and Colonel John Johnston._ New York: Winthrop Press,
- 1920.
-
-Coquillard, Mary Clarke. _Alexis Coquillard, His time, A Study of the
- Founding of South Bend, Indiana._ South Bend: Northern Indiana
- Historical Society, 1931.
-
-Dawson, Moses. _A Historical Narrative of the Civil and Military
- Services of Major-General William H. Harrison._ Cincinnati: Moses
- Dawson, 1824.
-
-Dillon, John B. _History of Indiana from its earliest exploration by
- Europeans to the close of the Territorial Government._ Indianapolis:
- Sheets and Braden, 1859.
-
-——. _The National Decline of the Miami Indians._ Indianapolis:
- Bowen-Merrill Co., 1897.
-
-Drake, Benjamin. _The Life of Tecumseh and of His Brother, the Prophet._
- Cincinnati: J.S. & S.P. James, 1850.
-
-Dunn, Jacob. _A History of Indiana._ New York: C. Scribner’s, 1916.
-
-—— (ed.). _Documents Relating to French Settlements on the Wabash._
- Indianapolis: Bowen-Merrill Co., 1849.
-
-Esarey, Logan (ed.). _Governors’ Messages and Letters, Messages and
- Letters of William Henry Harrison._ 2 vols. (_Indiana Historical
- Collections_, Volumes VII and IX) Indianapolis: Indiana Historical
- Commission, 1922.
-
-—— (ed.). _Governors’ Messages and Letters, Messages and Papers of
- Jonathon Jennings, Ratcliff Boon, William Hendricks, 1816-1825._
- (_Indiana Historical Collections_, Volume XII) Indianapolis: Indiana
- Historical Commission, 1922.
-
-——. _History of Indiana._ 2 vols. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1922.
-
-——. _Internal Improvements in Early Indiana._ Indianapolis: E. J.
- Hicker, 1912.
-
-Finley, James B. _Life Among the Indians or Personal Reminiscences and
- Historical Incidents._ New York: Hunt and Eaton, 1857.
-
-Goebel, Dorothy B. _William Henry Harrison, a Political Biography._
- Indianapolis: Historical Bureau of the Indiana Library, 1929.
-
-Green, James A. _William Henry Harrison, His Life and Times._ Richmond:
- Garrett and Massie, 1941.
-
-Griswold, Bert J. (ed.). _Fort Wayne, Gateway of the West, 1802-1813,
- Garrison Orderly Books, Indian Agency Account Book._ (_Indiana
- Historical Collections_, Volume XV) Indianapolis: Indiana Historical
- Commission, 1927.
-
-——. _George Washington and Fort Wayne._ Fort Wayne, 1924.
-
-——. _The Pictorial History of Fort Wayne, Indiana._ 2 vols. Chicago:
- Robert O. Law Co., 1917.
-
-Hanna, C. A. _Wilderness Trail._ New York: G. P. Putnam, 1911.
-
-Harvey, Henry. _History of the Shawnee Indians._ Cincinnati: Arthur
- Clark, 1855.
-
-Heitman, Francis B. _Historical Register and Dictionary of the United
- States Army from Its Organization, September 29, 1789 to March 2,
- 1903._ 2 vols. Washington, 1903.
-
-Helm, T. B. _History of Allen County, Indiana._ Chicago: Kingman Bros.,
- 1880.
-
-——. _History of Wabash County, Indiana._ Chicago: Kingman Bros., 1885.
-
-Hennepin, Father Louis. _A New Discovery of a Vast Country in America._
- (Reuben G. Thwaites, ed.) 2 vols. Chicago: A.C. McClurg and Co.,
- 1903. Vol. II.
-
-Hinsdale, B.A. _The Old Northwest, The Beginnings of Our Colonial
- System._ Boston: Silver, Burdett and Co., 1888.
-
-Hopkins, Gerard T. _A Mission to the Aborigines from the Committee of
- the Baltimore Yearly Meeting to Fort Wayne in 1804._ Philadelphia,
- 1862.
-
-Hough, F. B. (ed.). _Journals of Major Robert Rogers._ Albany, 1883.
-
-Hulbert, Archer B. _Historic Highways of America._ 16 vols. Cleveland:
- Arthur H. Clark, 1902-1905. Volumes VII and VIII.
-
-_Illinois State Historical Collections._ (Springfield, 1899-____)
- Volumes II, XVI.
-
-_Indiana History Bulletin._ (Indianapolis, 1916-____) Volumes III, XII,
- XV, XVII, XXII.
-
-_Indiana Historical Society Publications._ (Indianapolis, 1866-____)
- Volumes I, II, III, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XV, XXIV, XXVI.
-
-_Indiana Magazine of History._ (Indianapolis and Bloomington, 1905-____)
- Volumes I to XLII.
-
-Innis, Harold A. _The Fur Trade in Canada._ New Haven: Yale University
- Press, 1930.
-
-Johnson, Ida A. _The Michigan Fur Trade._ Lansing: University of
- Michigan Historical Publication, 1919.
-
-Kappler, Charles J. (ed.). _Indian Affairs, Laws and Treaties._ 2 vols.
- Washington: Government Printing Office, 1904.
-
-Keating, William H. _Narrative of an Expedition to the Source of St.
- Peter’s River ... Performed in the Year 1823 by Order of the Hon. J.
- C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, under the Command of Stephen H. Long,
- U.S.T.E._ 2 vols. London: George B. Whittaker, 1824.
-
-Knapp, H. S. _History of the Maumee Valley, commencing with its
- occupation by the French in 1680._ Toledo, Ohio: Blade Mannoth
- Printing Co., 1872.
-
-Lindley, Harlow (ed.). “Journal of Thomas Scattergood Teas,” _Indiana as
- Seen by Early Travelers_. Indianapolis, 1916.
-
-Margry, Pierre (ed.). _Decouvertes et Etablissements des Francais dans
- L’Ouest et dans le Sud de L’Amerique Septentrionale, 1614-1698,
- Memoires et Documents Inedits—Recueillis et Publie._ 6 vols. Paris:
- Laisonneuve Freres et Ch. LeClerc, 1879-1888. Volumes III, IV, V and
- VI.
-
-McAfee, Robert B. _History of the Late War in the Western Country ...
- from ... Tippecanoe to New Orleans._ Lexington, Kentucky: Worsly &
- Smith, 1816.
-
-McAvoy, Rev. Thomas T. _The Catholic Church in Indiana, 1789-1834._ New
- York: Columbia University Press, 1940.
-
-McCoy, Isaac. _History of the Baptist Indian Missions._ Washington,
- 1840.
-
-McNamara, Rev. William. _The Catholic Church on the Northern Indiana
- Frontier, 1789-1844._ Washington, 1931.
-
-_Memoirs of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania._ (Philadelphia,
- 1860-____) Vol. VII.
-
-_Michigan Pioneer and Historical Collections._ (Lansing, 1877-____)
- Volumes V, VIII, IX, X, XV, XVI, XIX, XXIV, XXVIII, XXXIII, XXXIV,
- XLVII.
-
-_Mississippi Valley Historical Review._ (Cedar Rapids, 1914-____)
- Volumes III, VI VII, IX, XVI, XXV.
-
-Moore, Charles. _The Northwest under Three Flags, 1635-1796._ New York:
- Harper & Bros., 1900.
-
-O’Callaghan, E.B. (ed.). _Documents relative to the Colonial History of
- the State of New York procured in Holland, England and France._ 15
- vols. Albany: Wood, Parsons and Co., 1853-1887. Volumes V, VI, IX,
- X.
-
-_Ohio State Archaeological and Historical Quarterly._ (Columbus,
- 1887-____) Volumes XII, XIII, XIV, XVIII, XX, XXIX, XXXVIII, LII.
-
-_Old Fort News._ (Fort Wayne, 1936-____) Volumes I to X.
-
-Orkison, John. _Tecumseh and His Times._ New York: G. P. Putnam, 1938.
-
-Parkman, Francis. _LaSalle and the Discovery of the Great West._ Boston:
- Little, Brown & Co., 1904.
-
-——. _The Conspiracy of Pontiac and the Indian War after the Conquest of
- Canada._ 2 vols. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1897. Volume I.
-
-Paul, John Peter. _We Run the Canal Line, a diary of John Peter Paul....
- Engaged in the preliminary survey of the Wabash & Erie Canal in the
- year 1827._ Crawfordsville, Indiana: A. E. Banta, 1933.
-
-Peckham, Howard. _Pontiac and the Indian Uprising._ Princeton: Princeton
- University Press, 1947.
-
-Pershing, M. W. _Life of General John Tipton and Early Indiana History._
- Indianapolis: Bowen-Merrill Co., 1914.
-
-Poinsatte, Charles. _Fort Wayne during the Canal Era 1828-1855._ Indiana
- Historical Bureau, 1969.
-
-Quaife, Milo M. (ed.). _A Narrative of the Old Frontier, Henry Hay’s
- Journal from Detroit to the Miami River._ Madison: State Historical
- Society of Wisconsin, 1915.
-
-——. _Chicago; from Indian Wigwam to Modern City, 1673-1835._ Chicago:
- University of Chicago Press, 1933.
-
-_Revised Laws of Indiana Adopted and Enacted by the General Assembly at
- Their Eighth Session._ Corydon: Carpenter & Douglass, 1824.
-
-Rice, Charles E. _A History of the Hanna Family._ Damascees, Ohio, 1905.
-
-Riker, Dorothy and Robertson, Nellie (editors). _The John Tipton
- Papers._ 3 vols. (_Indiana Historical Collections_, Volumes XXIV,
- XXV, XXVI) Indianapolis: Indiana Historical Commission, 1942.
-
-Robertson, Robert S. _History of the Upper Maumee Valley._ 2 vols.
- Madison, Wisconsin: Brant & Fuller, 1889.
-
-Sparks, Jared (ed.). _The Writings of George Washington._ 12 vols.
- Boston: F. Andrews, 1837. Volume IX.
-
-Schoolcraft, Henry R. _Travels in the Central Portions of the
- Mississippi Valley._ New York: Collins and Hannay, 1825.
-
-Slocum, Charles. _History of the Maumee River Basin._ Defiance, Ohio:
- Charles Slocum, 1905.
-
-Smith, William Henry. _The History of the State of Indiana from the
- Earliest Exploration by the French to the Present Time._ 2 vols.
- Indianapolis: Western Publishing Co., 1903. Volume I.
-
-Smith, William (ed.). _The Life and Public Service of Arthur St. Clair,
- with his Correspondence and Other Papers._ 2 vols. Cincinnati: R.
- Clarke & Co., 1881.
-
-Stille, Charles. _Major General Anthony Wayne._ Philadelphia: J. P.
- Lippincott Co., 1893.
-
-Stevens, Wayne A. _The Northwest Fur Trade, 1763-1800._ (_University of
- Illinois, Studies in the Social Sciences._ IV, No. 11) Urbana:
- University of Illinois, 1915.
-
-Sullivan, James (ed.). _The Papers of Sir William Johnson._ 9 vols.
- Albany, 1921. Volume VI.
-
-Surrey, N. M. Miller. _The Commerce of Louisiana during the French
- Regime, 1699-1763._ New York, 1916.
-
-Tanner, H. S. _A Description of the Canals and Railroads of the United
- States._ Philadelphia: H. S. Tanner, 1834.
-
-Thompson, Charles M. _Sons of the Wilderness._ Indianapolis: Indiana
- Historical Society, 1937.
-
-Thwaites, Reuben G. (ed.). _Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents._ 73
- vols. Cleveland: Burrows Bros. Co., 1901. Volumes XLIX and LXIX.
-
-—— (ed.). _Early Western Travels._ 32 vols. Cleveland: Arthur Clark Co.,
- 1907. Volumes I, XVIII, XIX.
-
-Treat, P. J. _The National Land System, 1785-1820._ New York: Houghton,
- Mifflin Co., 1910.
-
-_United States Statutes at Large_, VI (_Treaties Between the United
- States and Indiana Tribes._). Boston: Charles C. Little and James
- Brown, 1846.
-
-Vandiveer, Clarence A. _The Fur-Trade and Early Western Exploration._
- Cleveland: Arthur H. Clark, 1929.
-
-_Virginia State Papers, Calendar of._ 11 vols. (Richmond, 1875-1893),
- Volume 1.
-
-Volney, Constantin F. S. Comte de. _A View of the Soil and Climate of
- the United States of America_, translated by C. B. Brown.
- Philadelphia, 1804.
-
-Volwiler, Albert. _George Crogham and the Westward Movement, 1741-1782._
- Cleveland: Arthur H. Clark, 1926.
-
-Wesley, Edgar B. _Guarding the Frontier, A Study of Frontier Defense
- From 1815 to 1825._ Minneapolis: The University of Minnesota Press,
- 1936.
-
-Wildes, Harry. _Anthony Wayne._ New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1941.
-
-Williams, J. L. _Historical Sketch of the First Presbyterian Church of
- Fort Wayne._ Fort Wayne: Daily News Printing House, 1881.
-
-Willshire, Riley W. _Sequel to Riley’s Narrative._ Cincinnati, 1835.
-
-Winsor, Justin. _Cartier to Frontenac ... Geographical discovery in
- America ... 1534-1700._ Boston & New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1894.
-
-Winger, Otto. _Last of the Miamis._ North Manchester, Indiana, 1935.
-
-_Wisconsin State Historical Society Collections._ (Madison, 1855-____)
- Volumes II, XI, XVI, XVII, XVIII.
-
-Young, Calvin. _Little Turtle._ Indianapolis: Sentinel Printing Co.,
- 1917.
-
-
-
-
- _INDEX_
-
-
- A
- A. Ewing and Sons 90
- Abbott, James 20
- Agriculture 45
- Allen, John 96
- American Fur Co. 42, 82, 87, 92
- Anahquah 31
- Annuities 79, 84, 87, 92, 99, 102, 104
- Annuity Money 89
- Aquenochqua 10
- Archer, Benjamin 98
- Assessment Rates 97
- Astor, John 90
- Aveline, James 82
-
-
- B
- Bailey, William 63
- Baptist Missionary 86
- Barbee, William 98
- Barnett, James 82, 83, 90
- Barr, John T. 95
- Barron, Joseph 98
- Battle of Tippecanoe 38
- Beaubien, Charles 14
- Beaubien, Josette 81
- Beaver 91
- Beaver Skins 4
- Beef 95
- Besiegers 67
- Bienville, Sieur De 9
- Bienville, Celeron De 5
- Bissot, Jean Baptiste 5
- Blacksmith 74
- Blacksmith Shop 89
- Blankets 71
- Blockhouse 76
- Blue Jacket 19, 54
- Boatmen 42
- Bondie, Antoine 63, 64, 66, 71
- Bonnecamps, Joseph Pierre De 5
- Boone, Daniel 15
- Boston 83
- Bougainville 7
- Bourie, John B. 81
- Bourie, Louis 35, 74
- Boyer, John 27
- Bread 95
- Brick Building 98
- Brick Factory 98
- Bruno, John 98
- Burbeck, Henry 37
-
-
- C
- Cadillac 3
- Canada 89
- Canadian 86
- Canal 45, 80, 83
- Cannon 28, 71, 81
- Carpenter Shop 98
- Carrying-Trade 80
- Cart Track 86
- Cass, Lewis 81, 87, 91, 104
- Catholic Faith 86
- Cattle and Hogs 66
- Celoron, Pierre Joseph 9
- Cession of Lands 40
- Chapeau 18
- Chapeteau, Angeline 35
- Chene, Money 12
- Chief Chondonnai 75
- Chief Cold Foot 9
- Chief Richardville 75, 81, 94
- Chippewas 22
- Christianity 80
- Circuit Court 97
- Clark, George Rogers 15
- Clark, James 80
- Clark, William 27
- Clinton, George 10
- Coal House 89
- Columbia Street 80
- Comparet, Francis 82, 90, 96, 98
- Congress 59
- Congressional Debates 85
- Conner, John 55
- Coquillard, Alexis 82, 90
- Corn 8, 22, 69, 86
- Cornfields 65
- Council House 36, 80
- Council of Marine 6
- County Officers 96
- Credit 92
- Croghan, George 13, 34
- Curtis, Daniel 74, 80
- Cushman, Benjamin 96
-
-
- D
- Dancing 18, 19
- Daniel Boone 15
- Darnaud 6
- Darneille, Isaac 54
- Davis, Anthony 96
- Dawson, John W. 76
- Debauchery 84
- Delawares 4, 13, 20, 43, 51
- Dennis, Philip 45
- DePeyster, Arent S. 14
- DeRaymond, Charles 8
- DeRome 81
- Detroit 3, 7, 20, 32, 61, 73, 98
- Dresses 75
- Drinking 19, 84
- Drunkenness 56, 101
- Dubuisson 5
- Duplessy 16
-
-
- E
- Edsall, Mrs. Peter 98
- Eel River 88
- Eggs 75
- Election 96
- Ellicott, George 45
- Elskwatwa 50
- English Traders 8
- Erie Canal 100
- Evacuation 81
- Everly, Jacob 98
- Ewing, Alexander 90, 96, 98
- Ewing, Charles W. 98
- Ewing, George W. 104
- Ewing, William G. 99
-
-
- F
- Fallen Timbers 23, 31, 50
- Fines 97
- Finney, J. B. 85
- Flagstaff 76
- Flaming Arrows 68
- Flatboats 72
- Flour 86
- Forsyth, James 56
- Forsyth, Polly 56
- Forsythe, Maria 89
- Forsythe, Robert 74
- Fort Dearborn 63, 64, 73, 79, 86
- Fort Dearborn Massacre 75
- Fort Defiance 37, 70
- Fort Harrison 63
- Fort Recovery 23, 86
- Fox Indians 3
- French 83
- French Families 14
- French Jesuits 86
- Frenchtown 34
- Friends 45
- Fur Companies 100
- Fur Prices 91
- Fur Trade 11, 17, 48, 100
- Fur Traders 74
- Fur Trading 42
- Furs 42, 86, 89
-
-
- G
- Gambling 84
- Gamelin, Antoine 20
- Garrison 63, 67, 81
- Garrison Life 32
- General Store 74
- Gibson, John 46
- Girties 13
- Girty, George 19
- Girty, James 19
- Girty’s Town 69
- Glossbruner, Benjamin 98
- Glossbruner, Jacob 98
- Godefroy, Jacques 12
- Goodwin, Rees 98
- Gouin 16
- Gray, David 17
- Great Britain 43
- Great White Father 101
- Greenville 28, 29, 44, 75
- Griggs, John J. 98
- Grog Shops 102
- Guns 66
-
-
- H
- Hackley, Ann 81
- Hamilton, Allen 94, 96
- Hamilton, Henry 14
- Hamtramck, John Francis 28
- Hanna, Hugh 98
- Hanna, Samuel 82, 89, 96, 98, 104
- Harmar 20, 28
- Harris, Elisha 103
- Harrison 40, 52, 60, 69, 70, 79
- Harrison, William H. 42
- Hay, Henry 18
- Hays, John 85, 86, 88, 91
- Heald 56
- Heald, Nathan 38
- Hedges, John 95
- Hedges, John P. 74
- Hendricks, William 96
- Hoffman, George 33
- Holman, Joseph 94
- Holmes, Robert 12
- Homeseekers 82
- Hood, Robert 90
- Hood, William 90
- Hood, William N. 98
- Hopkins, Gerard T. 45
- Horse-Racing 84
- Howitzers 68
- Hull, William 61
- Hunt, George 74, 81
- Hunt, John 74
- Hunt, Thomas 37, 74
-
-
- I
- Illinois Country 8
- Immigration 82
- Indian Agency 39, 86, 102
- Indian Agent 82, 86, 87, 91, 100
- Indian Agents 39
- Indian Blood 86
- Indian Country 99
- Indian Crops 50
- Indian Debts 102
- Indian Dialects 39
- Indian Factor 40
- Indian Goods 41
- Indian Removal 99
- Indian School 89
- Indian Stores 74
- Indian Trade 79, 87
- Indian Traders 47, 54, 100
- Indian Treaties 82, 101
- Indian Villages 70
- Indiana Delegation 100
- Indiana Territory 30, 46, 59
- Indians 29, 41, 46, 58
- Intercourse Act 92
- Internal Improvements 100
- Ironside, George 18
- Iroquois 6
- Irvine, William 40
-
-
- J
- Jay Treaty 42
- Jenkinson, Joseph 71
- Jennings, Jonathan 80
- Jew 16
- Johnson, Richard M. 72
- Johnson, William 14
- Johnston, John 40, 52, 57, 74, 80, 87
- Johnston, Stephen 41, 63, 65
- Jonquiere, Marquis De La 10
- Jordan, W. K. 61
-
-
- K
- Kaskaskia 43
- Kekionga 1, 29, 34
- Kercheval, Benjamin 74, 81, 89, 98
- Kercheval, Benjamin B. 82, 91
- Kercheval, Eliza C. 81
- Kickapoo 43
- Kinzie, John 18
-
-
- L
- LaBalme 15
- LaBerche 18
- LaCros 81
- Ladies 18
- LaFontaine, Francis 81
- LaFontaine, Peter 14
- Lamberville, Jean De 3
- Land Disposal 101
- Land Office 82, 94
- Land Sites 81
- Land Speculators 99, 100, 102
- Largro 90
- LaSalle 3
- Lasselle 16
- Lasselle Brothers 29
- Lasselle, Antoine 20, 34
- Lasselle, Hyacinth 34
- Lasselle, Jacques 14, 34
- Lawrence, Abbott 83
- LeGris 19, 28
- Lewis, Samuel 104
- License Fee 97
- Licensing of Traders 87
- Liquor 12, 18
- Little Turtle 1, 16, 19, 28, 30, 31, 39, 43, 44, 53, 61, 81
- Log Barracks 37
- Logan, John 63, 66
- Logansport 90, 104
- Long, Stephen H. 85
- Longueuil, M. De 8
- Lorimer 15
- Lorrance 16
- Louisaneau 74
-
-
- M
- Maloch, Jean Baptiste 35
- Maple Sugar 45
- Married Officers 32
- Mason, John 40
- Maumee 80
- Maumee-Wabash Portage 1, 29
- McArthur, Duncan 75, 87
- McCorkle, John 95, 102
- McCoy, Isaac 86
- McIntosh, William 53
- McKee, Alexander 19
- Medicine 71
- Metea 63
- Miamis 13, 43, 63, 88, 99
- Miami Villages 30
- Michilimackinac 8
- Militia 57
- Militiamen 27
- Minie, Charles 98
- Minie, Francis 98
- Mission School 82
- Mitchel, Edward 98
- Montreal 35
- Moore, Hugh 71, 73
- Morris, Thomas 12
- Murphy, William 98
- Music 75
-
-
- N
- Necessities of Life 86
- Negro Slaves 36
- Neutral Tribes 57
- New Fort 28, 76
- New Purchase 99
- Noel, Smalwood 98
- Northwest Territory 20, 39
- Noyelles, Sieur De 6
-
-
- O
- Observance Sunday 80
- Officers’ Quarters 76
- Old Fort Park 37
- Oliver, Peter 65, 74
- Oliver, William 41, 66
- Orchard 36
- Orderly Books 34
- Ostrander 72
- Ostrander, Philip 33, 56, 65
- Otter 91
- Ouiatenons 7
-
-
- P
- Pack Train 74
- Pack-Horses 74
- Paillet 16
- Parke, Benjamin 81
- Pasteur, Thomas 37
- Pathin, John 10
- Payet, Louis 19
- Paymaster 73
- Peace 79
- Pecanne 12
- Pelletier, Francois 38
- Peltier, Charles 35, 64, 74
- Peltier, James 35
- Peltries 74
- Pepper, Abel C. 104, 105
- Peru 90
- Piankashaw 43
- Pike, Zebulon M. 38
- Piqua, Ohio 57, 67, 87
- Pirogues 42, 81
- Pontiac 50
- Pontiac’s Conspiracy 12
- Portage 1, 35, 79
- Post Surgeon 74
- Potawatomie 51, 63, 66, 89, 99, 100
- Pottevin 16
- Prevost, George 70
- Prophet 50, 53, 58
- Provisions 27
- Public Lands 103
-
-
- Q
- Quakers 38, 45
-
-
- R
- Raccoon Skins 91
- Rainwater 76
- Randolph County 80
- Religion 18
- Rhea, James 38, 55, 56
- Richardville 10, 28, 46, 79
- Richardville, Jean B. 98
- Richerville, Joseph Drouet De 81
- Riley, James 83
- Rivard 18
- Rivard, Antoine 35
- Robertson, William 18
- Robinson, Rachel 40
- Rockhill, William 96
- Rue, Thomas 98
- Rum-Sellers 85
-
-
- S
- Sale of Lots 96
- Sanosket 8
- Sargent, Winthrop 38
- School 86
- School House 81
- Scott, Alexander 72
- Scott, James 98
- Scott, Moses 98
- Scriptures 80
- Settlement 82
- Settlers 100
- Shaw, John 58
- Shawnee 4, 13, 55
- Shields, Martha 92
- Siege 56, 67
- Skins 42
- Slavery 73
- Smith, Daniel 74
- Society of Friends 45
- South Bend 9
- Speculators 53
- Spoils System 92
- Spy Run 72
- Squatters 83
- St. Clair 21
- St. Mary’s, Ohio 69, 79, 81
- Stewart, William 98
- Stickney, Benjamin 40, 58, 64, 70, 76, 86
- Stickney, Benjamin F. 86
- Streets 96
- Strong, David 33, 37
- Sunday, Observance 80
- Supplies 72, 73
- Supply Wagons 40
- Supreme Court 92
- Surgeon 80, 86
- Surveys 83
- Sutlers 35, 74
- Suttenfield, Laura 75
- Suttenfield, William 74, 98
- Suttenfield, William F. 74
-
-
- T
- Taber, Cyrus 104
- Taber, Paul 82
- Tahcumwah 10
- Tallow Dip 79
- Tavern Rates 97
- Taylor, Laura 74
- Taylor, Marshall K. 96
- Teas, Thomas 86
- Tecumseh 45, 50, 53, 58, 59, 73, 77
- Terre Haute 63
- Thames 73
- Thompson, John 20
- Tiffin, Edward 83
- Tippecanoe 43, 57, 59, 91
- Tipton, John 100
- Town Plat 97
- Traders 4, 18, 19, 22, 34, 35, 41, 81, 82, 84, 87, 88, 92, 94, 99,
- 102
- Trading Establishment 71
- Trading House 88
- Trading Post 41, 83
- Transportation 36
- Treaties 40, 99
- Treaty Grounds 102
- Troops 57, 63
- Turner, William 82, 86, 88
-
-
- U
- Unscrupulous Traders 47
-
-
- V
- Vallequitte, Christopher 98
- Vance, Samuel C. 94
- Vaudreuil, Marques De 5
- Vigo, Francis 46
- Villiers, Neyon De 10
- Vincennes 31, 35, 52, 60, 82
- Vincennes, Sieur De 5
- Vose, Josiah N. 80
-
-
- W
- Wabash 80
- Wabash-Erie Canal 100, 104
- War Dances 19
- Warriors 63
- Warwhoop 58
- Washington 21
- Washington Hall 96
- Waterway 80
- Wayne, Anthony 13, 23, 27, 73, 79
- Weas 43, 51
- Well’s Family 31
- Wells, Anne 88
- Wells, Rebeckah 38
- Wells, Rebekah 55
- Wells, William 30, 36, 38, 55, 60, 81
- Western Forts 32
- Western Policy 21
- Western Posts 79
- Whipple, John 38
- Whiskey 47, 56, 82, 84, 85, 88, 92, 101, 102
- Whistler, George 73
- Whistler, John 73
- Whistler, William 56
- White Loon 54
- White Racoon 65
- Wilkinson 33
- Wilkinson, James 36
- Winamac 54, 66, 67, 68
- Winchester 80, 85
- Winchester, James 68, 70
- Wine 75
- Winnebagoes 63
- Wolf Scalps 97
- Wyandots 4, 8
- Wyman, James 96
-
-
-
-
- Transcriber’s Notes
-
-
-—Retained publication information from the printed edition: this eBook
- is public-domain in the country of publication.
-
-—Corrected a few palpable typos.
-
-—Crosslinked footnotes and references; for some footnotes, no references
- were found.
-
-—In the text versions only, text in italics is delimited by
- _underscores_.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Outpost in the Wilderness: Fort Wayne,
-1706-1828, by Charles Poinsatte
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUTPOST IN WILDERNESS: FORT WAYNE ***
-
-***** This file should be named 55762-0.txt or 55762-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/7/6/55762/
-
-Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, MFR and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-